AVTEAM INC
S-1/A, 1996-06-14
INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT
Previous: PHOENIX INTERNATIONAL LTD INC, S-1/A, 1996-06-14
Next: AMERICAN CRAFT BREWING INTERNATIONAL LTD, S-1, 1996-06-14



<PAGE>   1
 
   
                              AS FILED WITH THE
              SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 14, 1996.
    
 
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-04426
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
   
                                       TO
    
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                                  AVTEAM, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
                                    FLORIDA
         (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
                                      5088
            (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)
 
                                   65-0313187
                    (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
 
                               3230 Executive Way
                             Miramar, Florida 33025
                                 (954) 431-2359
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, or
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                                 Donald A. Graw
                               3230 Executive Way
                             Miramar, Florida 33025
                                 (954) 431-2359
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
             SETH P. JOSEPH, ESQ.                              ANDREW HULSH, ESQ.
               BAKER & MCKENZIE                           GREENBERG, TRAURIG, HOFFMAN,
           BARNETT TOWER, SUITE 1600                      LIPOFF, ROSEN & QUENTEL, P.A.
              701 BRICKELL AVENUE                             1221 BRICKELL AVENUE
           MIAMI, FLORIDA 33131-2827                          MIAMI, FLORIDA 33131
                (305) 789-8960                                   (305) 579-0832
</TABLE>
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As
promptly as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, please check the following box.  / /
 
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  / /
 
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / /
 
   
                             ---------------------
    
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2
 
                                  AVTEAM, INC.
 
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM           FORM S-1 ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION                   CAPTION OR LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
<C>    <S>      <C>                                        <C>
 1.    Forepart of Registration Statement and Outside
         Front Cover Page of Prospectus................    Forepart of the Registration Statement and
                                                             Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus
 2.    Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
         Prospectus....................................    Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
                                                             Prospectus
 3.    Summary Information, Risk Factors...............    Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
 4.    Use of Proceeds.................................    Use of Proceeds
 5.    Determination of Offering Price.................    Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus;
                                                             Underwriting
 6.    Selling Security Holders........................    Principal and Selling Stockholders
 7.    Plan of Distribution............................    Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus;
                                                             Underwriting
 8.    Description of Securities to be Registered......    Description of Capital Stock; Shares Eligible
                                                           for Future Sale; Dilution; Dividend Policy
 9.    Information with Respect to the Registrant
       (a) (1)  Description of Business................    Prospectus Summary; Management's Discussion and
                                                             Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                                                             Operations; Industry Overview; Business;
                                                             Certain Transactions; Financial Statements
                                                             (including the Notes thereto)
       (2)      Description of Property................    Business -- Facilities
       (3)      Legal Proceedings......................    Business -- Legal Proceedings
       (4)      Common Shares Price Range and
                  Dividends............................    Risk Factors; Underwriting; Dividend Policy
       (6)      Taxation...............................    Prior S Corporation Status and Planned
                                                             Distributions; Certain Transactions
       (7)      Selected Financial Data................    Prospectus Summary -- Summary Financial Data;
                                                             Selected Financial Data
       (8)      Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                  Financial Condition and Results of
                  Operations...........................    Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                                                             Financial Condition and Results of Operations
       (9)      Directors and Officers of Registrant...    Management -- Executive Officers and Directors
       (10)     Compensation of Directors and
                  Officers.............................    Management -- Executive Compensation
       (11)     Security Ownership of Certain
                  Beneficial Owners and Management.....    Principal and Selling Stockholders
       (12)     Interest of Management in Certain
                  Transactions.........................    Management; Certain Transactions
       (b)      Financial Statements...................    Financial Statements (including the Notes
                                                             thereto)
10.    Disclosure of Commission Position on
         Indemnification for Securities Act                Not Applicable
         Liabilities...................................
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3
 
     INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR
     MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
     BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
     THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE
     SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
     UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
     OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 14, 1996
    
 
                                3,450,000 SHARES
 
                                  AVTEAM, INC.
 
[LOGO]                            COMMON STOCK
                            ------------------------
 
   
     OF THE 3,450,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE (THE
"COMMON STOCK"), OFFERED HEREBY, 1,820,000 SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED BY AVTEAM,
INC. (THE "COMPANY") AND 1,630,000 SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED BY THE SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS. SEE "PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS." THE COMPANY WILL NOT
RECEIVE ANY OF THE PROCEEDS FROM THE SALE OF SHARES BY THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS.
FOLLOWING THE OFFERING, DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY WILL OWN
APPROXIMATELY 49% OF THE COMMON STOCK.
    
 
   
     PRIOR TO THIS OFFERING THERE HAS BEEN NO PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE COMMON
STOCK. IT IS CURRENTLY ESTIMATED THAT THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE WILL BE
BETWEEN $13.00 AND $15.00 PER SHARE. SEE "UNDERWRITING" FOR THE FACTORS THAT
WILL BE CONSIDERED IN DETERMINING THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE. THE COMMON
STOCK HAS BEEN APPROVED FOR LISTING ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET, UPON NOTICE
OF ISSUANCE, UNDER THE SYMBOL "AVTM."
    
 
   
     FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGES 7-13.
    
                            ------------------------
 
 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
      EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
           COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
                        PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                    TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    UNDERWRITING                    PROCEEDS TO
                                      PRICE TO     DISCOUNTS AND    PROCEEDS TO       SELLING
                                       PUBLIC       COMMISSIONS*      COMPANY+      STOCKHOLDERS
<S>                               <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
PER SHARE.........................        $              $               $               $
TOTAL++...........................        $              $               $               $
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
* THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS HAVE AGREED TO INDEMNIFY THE
  UNDERWRITERS AGAINST CERTAIN LIABILITIES, INCLUDING LIABILITIES UNDER THE
  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SEE "UNDERWRITING."
   
+ BEFORE DEDUCTING EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING PAYABLE BY THE COMPANY, ESTIMATED TO
  BE $1,050,000.
    
++ THE COMPANY AND A SELLING STOCKHOLDER HAVE GRANTED THE UNDERWRITERS A 30-DAY
   OPTION TO PURCHASE UP TO 517,500 ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ON THE
   SAME TERMS PER SHARE SOLELY TO COVER OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY. IF SUCH OPTION
   IS EXERCISED IN FULL, THE TOTAL PRICE TO PUBLIC WILL BE $       , THE TOTAL
   UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS WILL BE $       , TOTAL PROCEEDS TO
   COMPANY WILL BE $       AND TOTAL PROCEEDS TO SELLING STOCKHOLDERS WILL BE
   $       . SEE "UNDERWRITING."
                            --------------------------
 
   
     THE COMMON STOCK IS BEING OFFERED BY THE UNDERWRITERS AS SET FORTH UNDER
"UNDERWRITING" HEREIN. IT IS EXPECTED THAT DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATES THEREFOR
WILL BE MADE AT THE OFFICES OF DILLON, READ & CO. INC., NEW YORK, NEW YORK, ON
OR ABOUT                , 1996. THE UNDERWRITERS INCLUDE:
    
 
DILLON, READ & CO. INC.                            ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                                                       INCORPORATED
 
             THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS                , 1996.
<PAGE>   4
 
   
                                    [PHOTO]
    
 
   
JT8D AIRCRAFT ENGINE
    
 
   
                                                     [PHOTO]
    
 
                             JT8D ENGINE COMPONENTS
 
     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET, IN THE
OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   5
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The following information should be read in conjunction with, and is
qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information and Financial
Statements of the Company, including the Notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in
this Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this Prospectus
assumes (i) no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option and (ii) the
conversion on March 21, 1996 of each outstanding share of the Company's Common
Stock into 4,000 shares of Common Stock.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
     AVTEAM, Inc. is an international aftermarket supplier of JT8D aircraft
engines and engine components as well as airframe and other aircraft material to
commercial passenger and cargo aircraft operators, aircraft engine repair and
engine component overhaul facilities and other aftermarket suppliers of aircraft
engines and engine components. The JT8D is the most widely used aircraft engine
in the world and is estimated to power approximately 40% of the world's
commercial jet powered aircraft. First tier aircraft operators have reduced the
percentage of their fleets which is powered by the JT8D engine by selling older
aircraft to second tier, start-up and cargo aircraft operators and replacing
them with new aircraft. As a result, a substantial number of JT8D engines have
migrated to aircraft operators which the Company believes are more likely to
outsource their maintenance and inventory management requirements. During 1995,
the Company supplied over 500 customers with over 40,000 aircraft engine and
airframe components and 22 aircraft engines. The Company has increased net sales
at a compound annual growth rate of 117% from $3.9 million in 1993 to $18.3
million in 1995. The Company currently estimates that it has less than a 2%
share of the worldwide JT8D aircraft engine and engine component aftermarket.
    
 
   
     The Company began its operations as a value-added reseller of aircraft
engines, engine components and airframe material and based its operations in
Southeast Florida to access major aviation services companies. The Company
implemented business practices based upon senior management's extensive
experience to position the Company to serve its customers efficiently and allow
for substantial growth. These practices include targeted inventory sourcing and
marketing, use of a state-of-the-art, interactive management information system,
and operation of an efficient disassembly facility and a warehouse and
distribution facility that permits rapid turnaround between customer order and
product delivery. In recognition of the Company's capabilities, in June 1995,
Pratt & Whitney, the original equipment manufacturer ("OEM") of the JT8D
aircraft engine, selected the Company to be its worldwide, sole-source supplier
of JT8D aftermarket engine components pursuant to a Surplus Parts Supply
Agreement. See "Business -- Customers -- Pratt & Whitney." The combination of
the net proceeds from the Offering and anticipated increases in its revolving
line of credit will provide the Company with additional financial resources to
expand its inventory and capitalize on the trends in the aftermarket supply
industry.
    
 
   
     The JT8D aftermarket is over $1 billion annually, which consists of the
sale and lease of aftermarket JT8D aircraft engines and engine components. The
JT8D aftermarket is highly fragmented, consisting of a limited number of
suppliers selling a broad range of aircraft engines and engine components
(including AAR, Inc., Dallas Aerospace, a division of Banner Aerospace ("Dallas
Aerospace") and AGES, L.P.) and numerous smaller competitors serving specialized
niche markets. The aftermarket consists of sales or leases of aircraft engines,
engine components and airframe components in new and used condition as
distinguished from new aviation materials sold directly by an OEM. The
aftermarket for aircraft engines and engine components has been growing as a
result of several trends affecting the industry, including an overall growth in
air transit activity, improved cost management by aircraft operators and
significant differences between the cost of new aviation materials sold directly
by OEMs and aftermarket aviation materials, increased reliance by existing and
new aircraft operators on outsourcing maintenance and inventory management
functions and increased frequency of maintenance for aging aircraft and aircraft
engines.
    
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   6
 
COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES
 
     The key components of the Company's competitive advantages are:
 
          Successful Buying Practices.  The Company focuses on the appropriate
     and timely purchase of aircraft engines for disassembly or resale. There is
     no consistent, reliable and organized source of supply of surplus aircraft
     engines. The Company utilizes extensive market knowledge, disciplined
     sourcing and prudent due diligence procedures and offers cash consideration
     for its purchases of aircraft engines. Through its entrepreneurial
     approach, the Company has been able to make its purchase decisions more
     quickly than larger competitors and does not depend on contingent financing
     which hampers smaller competitors.
 
   
          State-of-the-Art Management Information Systems.  The Company utilizes
     a real-time, state-of-the-art customized information technology system,
     which enables management to track, price, sort and determine sales
     profitability for the aftermarket engine components maintained in the
     Company's inventory. Through this integrated system, each sales
     representative of the Company can provide immediate and reliable responses
     to customer inquiries, delivering superior service over smaller,
     under-capitalized, paper-based competitors.
    
 
          Broad Range of Product Offerings.  The Company provides one of the
     most extensive product lines, consisting of over 4,000 aftermarket engine
     components of the JT8D aircraft engine. The Company's customers demand a
     broad range of engine and airframe components often in substantial volumes
     and on an expedited basis.
 
          Tailored Customer Support.  The Company provides tailored customer
     support with an emphasis on quality, timely shipping, real-time, reliable
     pricing and availability and full traceability of the products sold by the
     Company. The Company offers flexible solutions designed to fulfill specific
     customer needs, combined with guarantees of high quality component
     delivery, electronic data interface ("EDI"), financing arrangements and
     packaging components or services for volume and attractive pricing.
 
          Capacity for Growth.  The Company's management structure and
     facilities have been designed with capacity for substantial growth in
     volume and range of products. The Company's distribution facility is
     structured to allow for efficient processing, warehousing and inventory
     management of substantially greater volumes than currently handled. In
     early 1996, the Company added an aircraft engine disassembly facility which
     allows it to reduce the time required to make available engine components
     for sale or repair.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
     Elements of the Company's growth strategy include:
 
          Increase JT8D Market Penetration.  The Company seeks to increase its
     presence in the JT8D aftermarket and capitalize on the outsourcing trends
     within the industry by providing a broad range of aircraft engines and
     engine components, timely and reliable delivery and comprehensive customer
     support and by targeting its marketing efforts.
 
   
          Enter CFM56 Market.  The Company plans to enter the engine components
     aftermarket in newer, higher thrust aircraft engine types, such as the
     CFM56, which is manufactured by CFM International, Inc., a consortium of
     General Electric Corporation and SNECMA. The CFM56, with an installed base
     of over 5,000 aircraft engines, is expected to become the dominant aircraft
     engine early in the next century and has been operating for a sufficient
     period for an active aftermarket in aircraft engines and engine components
     to emerge. The Company believes that its expertise derived from servicing
     the JT8D market, including its business practices and its information
     technology system, are readily transferable to supporting CFM56 customers.
    
 
          Implement Engine Management and Leasing Programs.  As aircraft
     operators seek to outsource the repair of aircraft engines as well as
     inventory management, the Company believes that there is
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   7
 
     an opportunity to offer its customers complementary services to manage
     various aspects of their engine maintenance and acquisition needs. These
     services include engine leasing, scheduling, coordinating and evaluating
     costs of maintenance and repair services, designing aircraft engine repair
     workscopes, borescoping services and providing aircraft engines. By
     offering a total engine and inventory management solution to aircraft
     operators and lessors, the Company seeks the sale of engine components for
     maintenance service to the aircraft engines, acquisition of the aircraft
     engines after lease terms and the strengthening of customer relationships.
 
          Strengthen Key Customer Relationships.  The Company seeks to form
     close relationships with existing and new customers by providing a
     "one-stop shop" for JT8D customers with a broad range of high quality
     product offerings, reliable and timely customer support and flexible and
     customized solutions for customers' needs. By providing the required
     services and components within the JT8D aftermarket, the Company seeks to
     increase its customers' purchasing frequency and expand its customer base.
 
     The Company is located at 3230 Executive Way, Miramar, Florida 33025, and
its telephone number is (954) 431-2359.
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company...................  1,820,000 shares
Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholders......  1,630,000 shares
                                                        ------------------------------------
                                                        3,450,000 shares
          Total Common Stock offered..................  ===================================
                                                        6,820,000 shares(1)
Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offering.....
                                                        To repay bank debt and advances from
Use of proceeds by the Company........................  the current stockholders, to pay an
                                                        S Corporation distribution to the
                                                        current stockholders, to acquire
                                                        certain engine component inventory
                                                        and for general corporate purposes,
                                                        including the purchase of aircraft
                                                        engines, engine components and
                                                        airframe materials. The Company will
                                                        receive no proceeds from the sale of
                                                        Common Stock offered by the Selling
                                                        Stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds."
                                                        AVTM
NASDAQ National Market Symbol.........................
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
   
     (1) Does not include 600,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
upon the exercise of stock options which may be granted under the Company's 1996
Stock Option Plan. See "Management -- 1996 Stock Option Plan."
    
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   8
 
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The summary financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction
with the Financial Statements of the Company and Notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Prospectus and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Operating results for the three
months ended March 31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results that
may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 1996.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               MARCH 31,
                                         ----------------------------     -----------------------
                                          1993     1994       1995           1995         1996
                                         ------   ------   ----------     ----------   ----------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                      <C>      <C>      <C>            <C>          <C>
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales..............................  $3,891   $9,062      $18,299         $3,758       $7,843
Gross profit...........................     402    2,689        6,451          1,449        2,499
Income (loss) from operations..........    (186)     748        1,289            670        1,496
Net income (loss)......................  $  (50)  $  754      $ 1,098         $  667       $1,358
                                         ------   ------     --------        -------      -------
                                         ------   ------     --------        -------      -------
PRO FORMA STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
  DATA:
Pro forma net income(1)................                       $ 1,581         $  414       $  773
                                                             --------        -------      -------
                                                             --------        -------      -------
Pro forma net income per share.........                       $  0.32         $ 0.08       $ 0.15
Weighted average shares outstanding....                     4,896,158      4,896,158    5,000,000
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         AS OF MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                       ------------------------
                                                                                  PRO FORMA AS
                                                                       ACTUAL     ADJUSTED(2)
                                                                       -------   --------------
                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                    <C>       <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital......................................................  $ 3,625      $ 19,436
Inventory............................................................    9,878        10,878
Total assets.........................................................   16,770        30,375
Total debt...........................................................    5,037           120
Total stockholders' equity...........................................    3,972        25,408
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
    (1) Reflects the effect on historical statements of operations data,
assuming as of January 1, 1995: (i) a change in the compensation levels of
Donald A. Graw and Jaime J. Levy pursuant to new three-year employment
agreements which will be in force upon the effectiveness of the Offering; and
(ii) the Company had been treated as a C Corporation rather than an S
Corporation for federal and state income tax purposes. See "Prior S Corporation
Status and Planned Distributions," "Management -- Employment Agreements" and
Note 11 of Notes to Financial Statements.
   
    (2) Adjusted to give effect to (i) the sale of 1,820,000 shares of Common
Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed offering price of $14.00 per
share after deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
the payment by the Company of the estimated offering expenses, (ii) the
application of the net proceeds to the Company as set forth herein including,
among other things, the payment of an assumed $1.8 million of estimated S
Corporation distributions and (iii) a change in the compensation levels of
Donald A. Graw and Jaime J. Levy and the change in the Company's S Corporation
status to C Corporation status as if such events had occurred as of January 1,
1995. See "Prior S Corporation Status and Planned Distributions," "Use of
Proceeds" and "Management -- Employment Agreements."
    
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   9
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     An investment in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby involves a high
degree of risk. The discussion in this Prospectus contains certain statements
regarding future trends which are subject to various risks and uncertainties.
Such trends, and their anticipated impact on the Company, could differ
materially from those discussed in this Prospectus. Prospective investors should
consider carefully the following factors in evaluating an investment in the
Common Stock.
 
INFLUENCE OF PRATT & WHITNEY
 
     The Company's business, financial condition and results of operations are
substantially influenced by Pratt & Whitney, a substantial customer of the
Company. Approximately 21% and 25% of the Company's net sales during 1995 and
the three months ended March 31, 1996, respectively, were made to Pratt &
Whitney. The Company anticipates that Pratt & Whitney's recent decision to enter
the aircraft engine maintenance business may result in increased concentration
of the Company's net sales to Pratt & Whitney.
 
   
     The Company's worldwide, sole-source supply agreement with Pratt & Whitney
(the "Pratt & Whitney Agreement") expires in June 1998. In addition, Pratt &
Whitney has the right to terminate the Pratt & Whitney Agreement on six months'
advance notice. Pratt & Whitney has recently significantly expanded its presence
in the aftermarket. Pratt & Whitney may in the future seek to perform internally
certain or all of the services which the Company performs, which could have a
material adverse effect upon the Company's business, financial condition, and
results of operations. Although the Company has not received any indication from
Pratt & Whitney that it intends to terminate the Pratt & Whitney Agreement, the
failure to renew such agreement upon its expiration or the termination of such
agreement by Pratt & Whitney could have a material adverse effect upon the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be
no assurance that the Pratt & Whitney Agreement will not be terminated or that
the Company will be successful in negotiating a renewal of such agreement on
acceptable terms.
    
 
   
     The prices for engine components sold to Pratt & Whitney are fixed
percentages of catalog prices of new engine components. The Company does not
have the unilateral right to change this pricing even if the market supply of a
given engine component tightens and the Company's cost for such engine component
increases. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
secure a mutually agreeable adjustment in pricing even if market conditions so
warrant. In addition, the aftermarket for JT8D aircraft engines and engine
components is substantially influenced by new engine component prices. Pratt &
Whitney has raised new engine component prices by an average of approximately 5%
annually for the past several years. However, there can be no assurance
concerning the level of new engine component prices established from time to
time by Pratt & Whitney in the future. See "Business -- Customers -- Pratt &
Whitney."
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON THE JT8D AIRCRAFT ENGINE AFTERMARKET
 
     The Company's business, financial condition and results of operations are
substantially influenced by the aftermarket for JT8D aircraft engines and engine
components. Approximately 91% and 95% of the Company's net sales during 1995 and
the three months ended March 31, 1996, respectively, consisted of sales of JT8D
aircraft engines and engine components and 97% of the Company's inventory at
March 31, 1996 consisted of JT8D aircraft engines and engine components.
 
     The aftermarket for JT8D aircraft engines and engine components is
substantially influenced by supply and demand. A significant increase in supply,
as a result of an unanticipated wind-down or liquidation of an air carrier
operating a large number of JT8D aircraft engines, or a reduction of demand, as
a result of a change in preferences or the imposition of regulations affecting
the use of JT8D aircraft engines, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. For example,
the FAA and the European Union have implemented noise
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   10
 
   
reduction regulations which reduce the number of older model JT8D aircraft
engines which may be operated in the United States and the member nations of the
European Union, respectively, unless noise reduction equipment, known as
"hush-kits," are added to the aircraft engines. Additional noise restriction
quotas imposed by communities surrounding certain major European cities further
restrict the operation of hush-kitted aircraft engines in those markets. Failure
to hush-kit JT8D aircraft engines could significantly reduce the demand for JT8D
aircraft engines, resulting in an oversupply of JT8D aircraft engines and engine
components which could decrease the value of the Company's inventory and have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. There can be no assurance that aircraft operators will
hush-kit their remaining older model JT8D aircraft engines rather than replace
them with newer, quieter aircraft engines. Furthermore, other regulations in
both the United States and the European Union impose more stringent inspection,
upgrading, maintenance and retrofit requirements on aging aircraft and aircraft
engines which increase the cost of operating older model aircraft and aircraft
engines. The JT8D aircraft engine aftermarket may also be adversely affected by
a decline in passenger confidence in the older aircraft and aircraft engines as
a result of apparent fatigue. In addition, the United States Environmental
Protection Agency (the "EPA") and various agencies of the European Union have
sought the adoption of stricter standards limiting the emissions of nitrous
oxide from aircraft engines. If such measures are adopted, the utilization of
JT8D aircraft engines could become substantially more costly in the event
modifications must be made to bring aircraft engines into compliance. See
"Business -- Regulation."
    
 
     As a result of its focus on the JT8D aircraft engine, the Company has
limited experience with the supply of aftermarket aircraft engines and engine
components for other aircraft engine types. It will be necessary for the Company
to expand its business to other aircraft engine types in preparation for the
eventual decline in the JT8D aircraft engine aftermarket. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to develop technical capabilities with
other aircraft engine types or that structural differences in those emerging
aftermarkets will allow the Company to acquire sufficient inventories or achieve
acceptable levels of net sales and gross profit.
 
UNCERTAIN SUPPLY OF INVENTORY
 
     The Company's net sales have been dependent upon its level of inventory. As
a result, the lack of or a significant reduction in the level of the Company's
inventory would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.
 
     The Company obtains its inventories of aftermarket whole aircraft engines
and engine components by purchasing surplus aircraft engines. There is no
organized market for surplus aircraft engines and the Company must rely on field
representatives and personnel, advertisements and its reputation as a buyer of
surplus aircraft engines in order to generate opportunities to purchase these
materials. The market for bulk sales of surplus aircraft engines is highly
competitive, in some instances involving a bidding process. While the Company
has been able to purchase surplus aircraft engines in this manner successfully
in the past, there can be no assurance that surplus aircraft engines of the type
containing engine components required by the Company's customers will be
available on acceptable terms when needed in the future or that the Company will
continue to compete effectively in the purchase of surplus materials. See
"Business -- Purchasing."
 
   
DEPENDENCE ON CREDIT FACILITY
    
 
   
     The Company finances a substantial amount of its working capital
requirements through a credit facility (the "Credit Facility") provided by
Barnett Bank of South Florida, N.A. (the "Bank") in the maximum principal amount
of $10 million. The Credit Facility may be terminated at any time upon demand by
the Bank. In the event that the Credit Facility is terminated earlier than the
scheduled expiration date, the Company would be required to promptly refinance
the Credit Facility. There can be no assurance that the Company would be able to
refinance the Credit Facility under such circumstances.
    
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   11
 
DEPENDENCE ON THIRD-PARTY AIRCRAFT ENGINE REPAIR FACILITIES
 
   
     The Company is dependent on third-party FAA certificated repair facilities
to perform repair services to bring surplus aircraft engines held for resale and
certain engine components into a condition of airworthiness so that the Company
can then sell such equipment to its customers. The Company does not have direct
control over any FAA certificated repair facility. Third-party repair facilities
may allocate their resources to customers with which they have entered into
long-term, regularly scheduled aircraft engine and airframe maintenance
agreements and thereby delay the services to be provided to the Company. The
Company has in the past experienced, and can be expected to continue to
experience, long turnaround times for repair of aircraft engines and overhaul of
engine components needed by its customers. The inability to supply its customers
with critical engine components on a timely basis may adversely affect the
Company's relationships with its customers and have a material adverse effect on
its business, financial condition and results of operations. See
"Business -- Disassembly and Servicing of Aircraft Engines."
    
 
CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION
 
   
     The Company's net sales to its five largest customers accounted for 52% and
59% of total net sales during 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996,
respectively. Certain significant customers vary from period to period as a
result of the large unit prices associated with whole aircraft engine sales. In
addition to Pratt & Whitney, Dallas Aerospace has been a recurring significant
purchaser of engine components, accounting for 13% and 5% of net sales during
1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996, respectively. The loss of, or
significant curtailments of purchases by, the Company's significant customers
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Customers."
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON AVIATION INDUSTRY
 
   
     Because the Company's customers consist of aircraft operators, repair and
overhaul facilities that service aircraft operators and other aftermarket
suppliers, the Company's business is impacted by the economic factors which
affect the aviation industry. When such factors adversely affect the aviation
industry, they tend to reduce the overall demand for aircraft engines and engine
components, causing downward pressure on pricing and increasing the credit risk
associated with doing business with industry participants. Additionally, factors
such as fuel prices affect the aftermarket for older model aircraft engines and
engine components, because older, typically more fuel-inefficient aircraft (into
which the Company's inventory is most often placed) become less valuable as fuel
prices increase. However, the Company has not, to date, experienced a
significant change in the value of its inventory as a result of any fluctuations
in fuel prices. There can be no assurance that economic and other factors which
affect the aviation industry will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Industry
Overview."
    
 
CUSTOMER CREDIT RISKS
 
     A number of the Company's existing and prospective customers are smaller
domestic and foreign passenger airlines, freight and package carriers and
aircraft leasing companies, or service providers to such companies, all of which
may suffer from the factors which adversely affect the aviation industry. As a
result, certain of these customers may pose credit risks to the Company. The
Company's inability to collect receivables from a substantial sale could
adversely affect the Company's financial position and results of operations for
a particular period. Although the Company's bad debt loss was less than 1% of
sales for the year ended December 31, 1995 and for the three months ended March
31, 1996, the Company anticipates that it may incur greater bad debt losses in
the future as its customer base grows and the Company experiences greater
exposure to its customers as a result, in part, of the implementation of a
program for the leasing of aircraft engines. There can be no assurance that the
Company will not incur significant bad debt losses in the future. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   12
 
COMPETITION
 
     The aviation aftermarket supply industry is highly fragmented, has several
highly visible leading companies and is characterized by intense competition.
Certain of the Company's competitors have substantially greater name
recognition, inventories, range of material, complementary lines of business and
financial, marketing and other resources than the Company. In addition, OEMs,
aircraft maintenance providers, leasing companies and FAA certificated repair
facilities may vertically integrate into the supply industry, thereby
significantly increasing industry competition. Moreover, smaller competitors of
the Company may be in a position to offer more attractive pricing of components
as a result of lower labor costs or other factors. A variety of potential
actions by any of the Company's competitors, including a reduction of product
prices or the establishment by competitors of long-term relationships with new
or existing customers, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no
assurance that the Company will continue to compete effectively against present
and future competitors or that competitive pressures will not have a material
and adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. See "Business -- Competition."
 
MANAGEMENT OF POTENTIAL GROWTH
 
     The Company believes that its rapid growth to date has resulted from the
entrepreneurial focus and hands-on involvement of senior management in the
purchasing of surplus aircraft engines, structuring arrangements with customers
and reacting to perceived opportunities in the market for aviation material and
complementary services. In the event that the Company increases inventory
levels, expands its inventories to include other aircraft engine types and
airframe materials or increases its levels of sales, including through the
contemplated entry into the CFM56 aftermarket, it will be necessary to recruit
additional senior executives. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to maintain its entrepreneurial focus, timeliness and quality as the
Company grows larger.
 
     The rapid growth experienced by the Company to date has placed, and could
continue to place, significant demands on the Company's administrative,
operational and financial resources. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to anticipate business demand accurately or obtain the personnel
and facilities required for future operations. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to achieve growth effectively or manage any such growth
successfully, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
   
     The Company may in the future undertake acquisitions that could present
challenges to the Company's management, such as integrating new operations and
personnel. If the Company's management is unable to manage these challenges, the
Company's business, financial condition or results of operations could be
materially adversely affected. Any acquisition, depending on its size, could
result in the use of a significant portion of the Company's available cash, or
if such acquisition is made utilizing the Company's securities, could result in
significant dilution to the Company's stockholders. There are no current
agreements or negotiations with respect to any such acquisitions.
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
     The Company's success is substantially dependent on the performance,
contributions and expertise of its executive officers and key employees. The
Company's success to date has been significantly dependent on the contributions
of Donald A. Graw, its Chief Executive Officer, and Jaime J. Levy, its Executive
Vice President, each of whom has entered into an employment agreement with the
Company for a term of three years following the Offering. The Company does not
carry substantial key man insurance for its executive officers. The Company is
also dependent on its ability to attract, retain and motivate high quality
personnel, especially in management. Competition for such personnel is intense
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   13
 
and there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in attracting,
retaining and motivating the personnel that its business requires. The loss of
the services of any of its executive officers or other key employees or the
Company's inability to attract, retain or motivate the necessary personnel could
have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results
of operations of the Company. See "Management."
 
LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; POTENTIAL FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS
 
     The Company was founded in October 1991 and first acquired inventory in
April 1992. Accordingly, the Company has only a limited operating history upon
which an evaluation of the Company and its prospects can be based. Although the
Company has historically experienced increasing net sales, the Company may
experience significant fluctuations in its gross margins and operating results
in the future, both on an annual and a quarterly basis, caused by various
factors, including general economic conditions, specific economic conditions in
the commercial aviation industry, the availability, package size and price of
surplus aviation material, the size and timing of customer orders, the pattern
and seasonality of customer purchasing cycles, the mix of whole aircraft
engines, engine components and airframe material sold and services provided by
the Company, returns by and allowances to customers and the cost of capital to
the Company. Expenditures are based primarily on forecasts of net sales. If net
sales do not meet the Company's expectations in any given period, operating
results could be adversely affected. In addition, as a strategic response to a
changing, competitive environment, the Company may elect from time to time to
make certain pricing, product or marketing decisions, and any such decisions
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's periodic results of
operations, including net sales and net income from quarter to quarter.
Therefore, comparisons of recent net sales and operating results of the Company
should not be taken as indicative of the results of operations that can be
expected in the future. There can be no assurance that the net sales and
operating results of the Company will continue at their current levels or will
grow, or that the Company will be able to achieve sustained profitability on a
quarterly or annual basis. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Results of Operations."
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
     The aviation industry is highly regulated in the United States by the FAA
and the equivalent regulatory agencies in other countries. While the Company's
business is not regulated, the aircraft engines, engine components and airframe
material which the Company sells to its customers must be accompanied by
documentation which enables the customer to comply with applicable regulatory
requirements. There can be no assurance that new and more stringent government
regulations will not be adopted in the future or that any such new regulations,
if enacted, would not have an adverse impact on the Company.
 
     Before engine components may be installed in an aircraft engine, they must
meet certain standards of airworthiness established by the FAA or the equivalent
regulatory agencies in other countries. Specific regulations vary from country
to country, although regulatory requirements in other countries are generally
satisfied by compliance with FAA requirements. Engine components must also be
traceable to sources deemed acceptable by such agencies. Engine components owned
or acquired by the Company may not meet applicable standards or standards may
change in the future, requiring engine components already contained in the
Company's inventory to be scrapped or modified. Aircraft engine manufacturers
may also develop new engine components to be used in lieu of engine components
already contained in the Company's inventory. In all such cases, to the extent
that the Company has such engine components in its inventory, their value may be
reduced. See "Business -- Products and Services" and "Business -- Regulation."
 
PRODUCT LIABILITY
 
     The Company provides its customers with limited warranties as to
workmanship. The Company currently has in force aviation products insurance,with
coverage limits for each occurrence and in the
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   14
 
aggregate which it believes to be in amount and on terms that are generally
consistent with industry practice. To date, the Company has not experienced any
significant uninsured or insured aviation-related claims, and has not
experienced any material product liability claims related to its products or
business operations. However, an uninsured or partially insured claim, or a
claim for which third-party indemnification is not available, could have a
material adverse effect upon the Company. The commercial aviation industry is
prone to catastrophic losses which often exceed policy limits. Such a loss
involving an aircraft engine, engine component or other aircraft material
supplied by the Company could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no
assurance that the Company can maintain appropriate insurance coverage in the
future at an acceptable cost. See "Business -- Insurance."
 
POTENTIAL EXPOSURE TO ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES
 
     The Company's business operations and facilities are subject to a number of
federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. Although management
believes that the Company's operations and its facilities are in material
compliance with such laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that future
changes in such laws, regulations or interpretations thereof and the nature of
the Company's operations will not require the Company to make significant
additional capital expenditures in order to effect compliance in the future. See
"Business -- Environmental Matters."
 
CONTROL BY CURRENT STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
     After the Offering, approximately 49% of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock will be owned by the current stockholders (the "Current Stockholders") of
the Company (44% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in
full). Accordingly, they will have the effective power to elect all of the
members of the Company's Board of Directors, amend the Company's Amended and
Restated Articles of Incorporation (the "Articles") and Amended and Restated
Bylaws (the "Bylaws") and effect or preclude fundamental corporate transactions
involving the Company, including the acceptance or rejection of proposals
relating to a merger of the Company or the acquisition of the Company by another
entity. The Current Stockholders are therefore able to exert significant
influence over the Company, including the ability effectively to control
decisions on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote. See
"Principal and Selling Stockholders" and "Description of Capital Stock."
    
 
FACTORS INHIBITING TAKEOVER
 
     Certain provisions of the Company's Articles and Bylaws may be deemed to
have anti-takeover effects and may delay, defer or prevent a takeover attempt
that a stockholder might consider in its best interest. These provisions
establish certain advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals to be
considered at the stockholders' meetings and provide that only the Company's
Board of Directors (the "Board") may call special meetings of the stockholders.
In addition, the Articles authorize the Board to determine the rights,
preferences, privileges and restrictions of unissued series of Preferred Stock
and the designation of any such series, without any vote or action by the
Company's stockholders. Thus, the Board can authorize and issue shares of
Preferred Stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the
voting or other rights of holders of the Common Stock. In addition, the issuance
of Preferred Stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change of control of the Company, because the terms of the Preferred Stock that
might be issued could potentially prohibit the Company's consummation of any
merger, reorganization, sale of substantially all of its assets, liquidation or
other extraordinary corporate transaction without the approval of the holders of
the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock. Furthermore, certain provisions
of the Florida Business Corporation Act may have the effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company. See "Description of
Capital Stock."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   15
 
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; DETERMINATION OF INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE;
VOLATILITY OF COMMON STOCK PRICE
 
     Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop
or be sustained. The initial public offering price of the Common Stock has been
determined by negotiations among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the
Managing Underwriters (as defined herein) and may not be indicative of the
market price of the Common Stock after the Offering. See "Underwriting." The
price of the Common Stock in the future may be volatile. A variety of events,
including quarter-to-quarter variations in operating results, news
announcements, trading volume, general market trends and other factors, could
result in wide fluctuations in the price of the Common Stock.
 
DILUTION
 
   
     Purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby will experience immediate
dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value per share of their investment
of $10.27 per share, calculated as if the Offering had been consummated at an
assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share on March 31, 1996. See
"Dilution."
    
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE; POTENTIAL ADVERSE IMPACT ON MARKET PRICE
 
   
     Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market following
the Offering could have an adverse effect on the price of the Common Stock and
may make it more difficult for the Company to sell shares of Common Stock in the
future at times and for prices that it deems appropriate. The Company and the
current stockholders of the Company have agreed, subject to certain exceptions,
not to offer, sell, contract to sell, transfer or otherwise encumber or dispose
of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock, for a period of 180 days
from the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of Dillon,
Read & Co. Inc. which may, in its sole discretion and at any time without prior
notice, release all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the
lock-up agreements. At this time, Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. has not received
inquiries from any stockholder with respect to a future release from the lock-up
and it has no current intention to release any shares subject to the lock-up
agreements.
    
 
     Following the Offering, the Company will have outstanding 6,820,000 shares
of Common Stock (7,078,750 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full). Of such shares, the 3,450,000 shares of Common Stock offered
hereby (3,708,750 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised
in full) will be freely tradeable and 3,370,000 shares of Common Stock
(3,111,250 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in
full) will be subject to 180-day lock-up agreements with the Underwriters.
Following the expiration of such 180-day period, 2,470,000 of such shares
(2,211,250 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in
full) will be immediately available for sale in the public market subject to
compliance with Rule 144 ("Rule 144") promulgated under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale"
and "Underwriting."
 
              PRIOR S CORPORATION STATUS AND PLANNED DISTRIBUTIONS
 
     From inception, the Company has elected to operate as an S Corporation
under the Internal Revenue Code and comparable provisions of Florida income tax
laws. As a result of its S Corporation status, the Current Stockholders have
been taxed directly on the Company's income, whether or not such income was
distributed, and the Company has not been subject to federal and state income
tax. In connection with the consummation of the Offering, the Company's S
Corporation status will terminate and the Company will be subject to federal and
state income tax. The Company's earnings through the date of termination of its
S Corporation status will be taxed for federal and state income tax purposes,
with certain exceptions, directly to the Current Stockholders.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   16
 
PLANNED STOCKHOLDER DISTRIBUTIONS
 
   
     Pursuant to S Corporation Tax Allocation and Indemnification Agreements
(the "Tax Indemnification Agreements") between the Company and each of the
Current Stockholders, the Company will declare a distribution to the Current
Stockholders (the "Stockholder Distribution") in an estimated aggregate amount
equal to approximately $3.9 million. Such amount represents an estimate of the
Company's undistributed S Corporation earnings utilizing the per diem method
(which allocates full calendar year earnings among the portion of the year
during which the Company was an S Corporation and the portion of the year during
which the Company was a C Corporation for federal and state income tax purposes,
based upon the number of calendar days elapsed) allocable to the period from
January 1, 1996 through the date preceding the consummation of the Offering on
which the Company's S Corporation status will terminate. If the Company's S
Corporation status had terminated as of March 31, 1996, the estimated
Stockholder Distribution would have been approximately $1.8 million. See
"Certain Transactions."
    
 
ACCOUNTING EFFECT
 
     It is not anticipated that the Company will incur any charge to earnings in
connection with the termination of its S Corporation status because the Company
has utilized the accrual method of accounting for tax reporting purposes.
Accordingly, it is anticipated that the Company will not have a net deferred tax
liability as of the date of termination of the Company's S Corporation status.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 1,820,000 shares of
Common Stock offered by the Company hereby (at an assumed initial public
offering price of $14.00 per share) are estimated to be approximately $22.6
million (approximately $26.0 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option
is exercised in full). The Company intends to use approximately $4.9 million to
repay amounts outstanding under its revolving line of credit, approximately $3.9
million to pay the Stockholder Distribution, approximately $2.3 million to repay
advances from the Current Stockholders, approximately $1.0 million to pay the
purchase price of engine component inventory pursuant to an existing agreement
and the balance of approximately $10.5 million for general corporate purposes
including, among other things, the purchase of aircraft engines, engine
components and airframe materials for resale. See "Prior S Corporation Status
and Planned Distributions," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" and
"Certain Transactions." The Company will not receive any of the net proceeds
from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders in the
Offering. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
    
 
     Pending application of the net proceeds to the Company as described above,
the Company intends to invest such proceeds in investment grade,
interest-bearing securities.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
   
     The Company anticipates that following the completion of the Offering,
except for the Stockholder Distribution and otherwise as provided in the Tax
Indemnification Agreements, earnings will be retained for the development of its
business and will not be distributed to stockholders as dividends. The
declaration and payment by the Company of any future dividends and the amount
thereof will depend upon the Company's results of operations, financial
condition, cash requirements, future prospects, limitations imposed by credit
agreements and senior securities, if any, and other factors deemed relevant by
the Board of Directors. The Company's Credit Facility prohibits the payment of
dividends which have not been approved by the lender.
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   17
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth the outstanding balance of notes payable to
bank and the capitalization of the Company at March 31, 1996: (i) on an actual
basis and (ii) on a pro forma basis as adjusted to give effect to (A) the sale
of 1,820,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby (at an assumed
initial public offering price of $14.00 per share), (B) the application of the
estimated net proceeds to the Company therefrom, including an assumed
Stockholder Distribution in an estimated aggregate amount of approximately $1.8
million as of March 31, 1996, and (C) a change in the compensation levels of
Donald A. Graw and Jaime J. Levy and the change in the Company's S Corporation
status to C Corporation status as if such events had occurred as of January 1,
1995. See "Prior S Corporation Status and Planned Distributions," "Use of
Proceeds" and Note 11 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                           --------------------
                                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                           ACTUAL   AS ADJUSTED
                                                                           ------   -----------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>      <C>
Notes payable to bank and short-term portion of capital lease
  obligation.............................................................  $4,967     $    49
                                                                           ======   =========
Capital lease obligation.................................................  $   70     $    70
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value per share:
     20,000,000 shares authorized; no shares outstanding.................      --          --
  Common stock, $.01 par value per share:
     80,000,000 shares authorized; 5,000,000 shares outstanding (actual);
      6,820,000 shares outstanding (pro forma as adjusted)(1)............      50          68
  Additional paid-in capital.............................................   3,272      25,340
  Retained earnings......................................................   1,358           0
  Notes receivable from officers.........................................    (708)          0
          Total stockholders' equity.....................................   3,972      25,408
                                                                           ------   -----------
          Total capitalization...........................................  $4,042     $25,478
                                                                           ======   =========
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
     (1) Does not include 600,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
of stock options which may in the future be granted to employees and
non-employee directors of the Company under the Company's 1996 Stock Option
Plan. See "Management -- 1996 Stock Option Plan."
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   18
 
                                    DILUTION
 
   
     The net tangible book value of the Company at March 31, 1996 was $4.0
million, or $0.79 per share of Common Stock outstanding. Net tangible book value
per share of Common Stock represents the total tangible assets of the Company
less total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of the Company's
Common Stock outstanding at that date. After giving effect to the estimated
Stockholder Distributions in an aggregate amount of $1.8 million (assuming the
termination of the Company's S Corporation status as of March 31, 1996), but not
giving effect to the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered by the Company
hereby, the pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 1996 would have
been $2.2 million, or $0.43 per share. After giving effect to the Offering
(assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share) and the
application of the net proceeds to the Company therefrom, the pro forma net
tangible book value of the Company at March 31, 1996 would have been $25.4
million, or $3.73 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro
forma net tangible book value per share of $3.30 to the Current Stockholders and
an immediate dilution in net tangible book value per share of $10.27 to new
investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in the Offering. The following table
illustrates the per share dilution as of March 31, 1996:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                    <C>     <C>
    Assumed public offering price per share..............................          $14.00
      Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 1996...  $0.43
      Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share
         attributable to the Offering....................................   3.30
                                                                           -----
    Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 1996
      after giving effect to the Offering................................            3.73
                                                                                   ------
    Dilution per share to new investors..................................          $10.27
                                                                                   ======
</TABLE>
    
 
     The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 1996,
the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total net
consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the Current
Stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in the
Offering (without giving effect to underwriting discounts and estimated expenses
of the Offering, and assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per
share):
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           SHARES PURCHASED      TOTAL CONSIDERATION     AVERAGE
                                          -------------------   ---------------------   PRICE PER
                                           NUMBER     PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT     SHARE
                                          ---------   -------   -----------   -------   ---------
    <S>                                   <C>         <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>
    Current Stockholders(1).............  5,000,000      73%    $ 3,321,629      12%     $  0.66
    New Investors(1)....................  1,820,000      27      25,480,000      88        14.00
                                          ---------   -------   -----------   -------
              Total.....................  6,820,000     100%    $28,801,629     100%
                                          =========   ======    ===========   ======
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
   
     (1) Sales by the Current Stockholders in the Offering will reduce the
number of shares held by the Current Stockholders to 3,370,000 shares or 49%
(3,111,250 shares or 44% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised
in full) of the total number of shares of Common Stock to be outstanding after
the Offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors after
the Offering to 3,450,000 shares or 51% (3,967,750 shares or 56% if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) of the total number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding after the Offering. See "Principal and
Selling Stockholders."
    
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   19
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The following selected financial data for the years ended December 31,
1993, 1994, 1995 and as at December 31, 1994 and 1995 are derived from the
Financial Statements of the Company, which have been audited by Ernst & Young
LLP, independent certified public accountants. The selected financial data for
the year ended December 31, 1992 and for the three months ended March 31, 1995
and 1996 and as at December 31, 1992 and 1993 and March 31, 1995 and 1996 are
derived from unaudited Financial Statements prepared by the Company. The
unaudited financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal
recurring accruals, which the Company considers necessary for a fair
presentation of the financial position and the results of operations for these
periods. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 1996 are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year
ending December 31, 1996. The selected financial data should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and the Financial Statements of the Company and Notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        THREE MONTHS
                                                                                                            ENDED
                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     MARCH 31,
                                                    --------------------------------------------   -----------------------
                                                       1992          1993     1994       1995         1995         1996
                                                    -----------     ------   ------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                                    (UNAUDITED)                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales.........................................    $ 2,166(1)    $3,891   $9,062      $18,299       $3,758       $7,843
Cost of sales.....................................      1,558        3,489    6,373       11,848        2,309        5,344
                                                     --------       ------   ------      -------       ------       ------
Gross profit......................................        608          402    2,689        6,451        1,449        2,499
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative(2)..........        599          588    1,081        2,601          502          841
  Officers' compensation..........................         --           --      860        2,560          277          162
                                                     --------       ------   ------      -------       ------       ------
Total operating expense...........................        599          588    1,941        5,162          779        1,003
                                                     --------       ------   ------      -------       ------       ------
Income (loss) from operations.....................      $   9       $ (186)   $ 748      $ 1,289        $ 670       $1,496
Net income (loss).................................      $   9       $ (50)    $ 754      $ 1,098        $ 667       $1,358
                                                     --------       ------   ------      -------       ------       ------
                                                     --------       ------   ------      -------       ------       ------
PRO FORMA STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Pro forma net income(3)...........................                                       $ 1,581        $ 414        $ 773
                                                                                         -------       ------       ------
                                                                                         -------       ------       ------
Pro forma net income per share....................                                       $  0.32       $ 0.08       $ 0.15
Weighted average shares outstanding...............                                     4,896,158    4,896,158    5,000,000
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,              ------------------------
                                                             ----------------------------------               PRO FORMA
                                                              1992     1993     1994     1995     ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(4)
                                                             ------   ------   ------   -------   -------   --------------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit)..................................  $1,010   $  (40)  $2,433   $ 2,313   $ 3,625      $ 19,436
Inventory..................................................   3,866    3,519    2,771     8,563     9,878        10,878
Total assets...............................................   4,334    4,149    6,439    13,794    16,770        30,375
Total debt.................................................   1,000       --      350     3,287     5,037           120
Total stockholders' equity (deficit).......................      10      (40)   2,634     2,614     3,972        25,408
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
    (1) Includes certain net sales from a joint venture.
    (2) From inception and until July 21, 1994, the Company consigned all of its
inventory to Turbine Engine Sales Group, Inc. ("Turbine"), and paid Turbine
compensation equal to one half of the gross profit on consigned materials sold.
The Company had no facilities and limited staffing during this period.
Accordingly, income (loss) from operations prior to 1995 may not reflect the
full level of operating expenses necessary to support the Company's operations
during such periods.
    (3) Reflects the effect on historical statements of operations data,
assuming as of January 1, 1995: (i) a change in the compensation levels of
Donald A. Graw and Jaime J. Levy pursuant to new three-year employment
agreements which will be in force upon the effectiveness of the Offering; and
(ii) the Company had been treated as a C Corporation rather than an S
Corporation for federal and state income tax purposes. See "Prior S Corporation
Status and Planned Distributions," "Management -- Employment Agreements" and
Note 11 of Notes to Financial Statements.
   
    (4) Adjusted to give effect to (i) the sale of 1,820,000 shares of Common
Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed offering price of $14.00 per
share after deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
the payment by the Company of the estimated offering expenses, (ii) the
application of the net proceeds to the Company as set forth herein including,
among other things, the payment of an assumed $1.8 million of estimated S
Corporation distributions and (iii) a change in the compensation levels of
Donald A. Graw and Jaime J. Levy and the change in the Company's S Corporation
status to C Corporation status as if such events had occurred as of January 1,
1995. See "Prior S Corporation Status and Planned Distributions," "Use of
Proceeds" and "Management -- Employment Agreements."
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   20
 
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements
of the Company and the Notes thereto, and the other financial information
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. This Prospectus contains certain
statements regarding future trends which are subject to various risks and
uncertainties. Such trends, and their anticipated impact on the Company, could
differ materially from those discussed in this Prospectus. Factors that could
cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those
discussed in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
     The Company is an aftermarket supplier of JT8D aircraft engines, engine
components and airframe material. The aftermarket for JT8D aircraft engines and
engine components is highly competitive, with name recognition, range and depth
of inventories, full traceability of materials, product knowledge, quality,
service and price being key factors in distinguishing between suppliers.
 
     Until July 21, 1994, the Company consigned all of its inventory to Turbine
Engine Sales Group, Inc. ("Turbine") which procured, managed, warehoused and
sold such inventory and collected a fee equal to 50% of the Company's gross
profit on the material. On July 21, 1994, the Company acquired all of the assets
and retained certain personnel formerly employed by Turbine and Turbine was
subsequently dissolved. Accordingly, the Company's operating expenses for years
prior to 1995 may not be comparable to operating expenses in 1995.
 
     The Company's business consists of the sale of the Company's inventory of
engine components and whole aircraft engines, airframe material on consignment,
and field services, including engine inspections such as borescoping.
 
   
     The Company's net sales are substantially affected by levels of its
inventory. The Company acquires whole aircraft engines and makes a determination
either to disassemble the aircraft engine for engine components or repair the
aircraft engine for sale. Engine component sales have historically risen more
consistently on a quarter to quarter basis due to the following factors: (i)
there has been larger and more consistent market demand for engine components,
and a lower price per unit; (ii) the Company has committed a greater amount of
working capital to aircraft engines purchased for disassembly; and (iii) the
Company has maintained closer relationships with engine component purchasers.
Whole aircraft engine sales are anticipated to continue to increase annually but
may experience fluctuations during the year, as customer demand for whole
aircraft engines is seasonal. The Company anticipates that the Offering will
increase the Company's financial resources available to build its inventory to
support increased net sales.
    
 
   
     The Company does not provide warranties in addition to those provided by
the independent overhaul facilities which service its products. The Company has
established programs regarding acceptance of products returned by its customers.
A reserve for such returns is estimated based on the level of sales and the
Company's historical experience.
    
 
   
     To date, airframe material sales have been derived from consigned surplus.
The Company held consigned airframe materials with an estimated realizable value
of $1.5 million as of March 31, 1996. The Company believes that sales of
airframe materials can be significantly increased through the purchase of
surplus inventories of such material. To the extent the Company purchases
airframe material inventory, its working capital requirements will increase and
its gross margin on such sales will be affected by market factors rather than,
as has historically been the case, contractual provisions.
    
 
   
     The Company records whole aircraft engines held for resale at the lower of
cost or market. Gross profit on whole aircraft engine sales has fluctuated
significantly from period to period as a result, among other things, of the
circumstances under which whole engines are sold. Engine component inventories
are initially recorded at cost. Cost of sales relative to engine components
shipped are recorded during the first three to six months following disassembly
of the related whole aircraft engine at the Company's
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   21
 
   
standard ratio of cost of sales to net sales for engine components from such
aircraft engine types. Thereafter, management evaluates the remaining engine
components, estimates future sales and related overhaul costs and, if necessary,
adjusts the ratio of costs of sales to net sales on a prospective basis.
Thereafter, the Company records the cost of each engine component sold at the
time the related net sales are recognized, based on such ratios. The Company's
gross profit on aircraft engines and engine components has fluctuated
significantly from period to period based upon the mix of whole aircraft engine
sales and engine component sales and the variation in gross margin on whole
engine sales.
    
 
     During 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with Parati Corporation
("Parati") relating to Parati's acquisition of new and surplus aircraft engines
for resale and disassembly (the "Parati Agreement"). The Parati Agreement
provided for an equal sharing of gross profits between the Company and Parati
following the recovery by Parati of all costs borne by Parati. Accordingly, cost
of sales in the historical financial statements of the Company contained herein
include costs associated with the portion of the gross profit due Parati from
the sale of engine components of the two disassembled aircraft engines subject
to the Parati Agreement. Parati and the Company have agreed to terminate the
Parati Agreement prior to the Offering and for the Company to purchase at cost
Parati's remaining engine component inventory at such time. See "Certain
Transactions -- Parati Agreement."
 
   
     Effective on and after January 1, 1996, the Company amended its employment
agreements with two senior executive officers in order, among other things, to
reduce the rate of compensation from the prior level of an aggregate of 40% of
adjusted net income, as defined in such agreements, to an aggregate of 10% of
adjusted net income. Such amended agreements provided for an additional bonus
accrued on December 31, 1995 in the amount of $1.2 million. New three-year
employment agreements, which fix the rate of compensation payable to such
officers to an aggregate annual salary of $480,000 and the right to participate
in the Company's Incentive Plan, become effective on the effective date of the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. See
"Management -- Employment Agreements."
    
 
TERMINATION OF S CORPORATION STATUS
 
     Prior to the Offering, the Company intends to terminate its status as an S
Corporation and will become subject to federal and state income taxes.
Historically, the Company has not recorded a provision for income taxes as a
result of its S Corporation status for the prior periods shown. See "Prior S
Corporation Status and Planned Distributions."
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   22
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table sets forth for the periods indicated certain items
contained in the Company's statements of operations expressed as a percentage of
net sales:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          THREE MONTHS
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER           ENDED
                                                                        31,                 MARCH 31,
                                                               ----------------------     -------------
                                                               1993     1994     1995     1995     1996
                                                               ----     ----     ----     ----     ----
    <S>                                                        <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
    Net sales:
      Aircraft engines and engine components.................  100 %     95 %     91 %     83 %     96 %
      Other(1)...............................................   --        5        9       17        4
                                                               ----     ----     ----     ----     ----
             Total net sales.................................  100      100      100      100      100
    Cost of sales:
      Aircraft engines and engine components.................   90       67       59       50       65
      Other..................................................   --        3        6       11        3
                                                               ----     ----     ----     ----     ----
             Total cost of sales.............................   90       70       65       61       68
    Gross profit:
      Aircraft engines and engine components.................   10       28       32       33       31
      Other..................................................   --        2        3        6        1
                                                               ----     ----     ----     ----     ----
             Total gross profit..............................   10       30       35       39       32
    Operating expenses:
      Selling, general and administrative....................   15       12       14       13       11
      Officers' compensation.................................   --       10       14        8        2
                                                               ----     ----     ----     ----     ----
             Total operating expenses........................   15       22       28       21       13
                                                               ----     ----     ----     ----     ----
    Income (loss) from operations............................   (5)       8        7       18       19
    Interest (expense) income, net...........................   --       --       (1)      --       (2)
    Extraordinary item.......................................    4       --       --       --       --
                                                               ---      ----     ----     ----     ----
    Net income (loss)........................................   (1) %     8 %      6 %     18 %     17 %
                                                               =====    =====    =====    =====    =====
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
     (1) Includes airframe materials and field services sales.
 
  Three Months Ended March 31, 1996 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31,
1995
 
     Net sales.  Net sales increased 109% to $7.8 million during the three
months ended March 31, 1996 from $3.8 million during the three months ended
March 31, 1995.
 
   
     Aircraft engines and engine components -- Aircraft engines and engine
component sales increased 141% to $7.5 million during the three months ended
March 31, 1996 from $3.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 1995.
This increase is primarily due to an increase in engine component sales related
to a $5.8 million increase in available inventory for sale on December 31, 1995
as compared to December 31, 1994. A substantial portion of the increased sales
were made to Pratt & Whitney, as a result of the Pratt & Whitney Agreement
entered into during June 1995, while sales to Dallas Aerospace declined as a
result of the reduced number of whole aircraft engines sold in the three months
ended March 31, 1996 compared to the three months ended March 31, 1995.
    
 
     Other -- Other sales decreased 52% to $301,000 during the three months
ended March 31, 1996 from $628,000 during the three months ended March 31, 1995.
The decrease is due to a reduced level of consigned airframe material available
for sale.
 
     Gross profit.  Gross profit increased 72% to $2.5 million in the three
months ended March 31, 1996 from $1.4 million in the three months ended March
31, 1995 as a result of increased net sales. Gross margin decreased from 39%
during the three months ended March 31, 1995 to 32% during the three months
ended March 31, 1996 due to the sale of fewer whole aircraft engines and the
effect of sales of engine components owned by Parati.
 
     Aircraft engines and engine components -- Gross profit on aircraft engine
and engine component sales increased 92% to $2.4 million in the three months
ended March 31, 1996 from $1.2 million in the
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   23
 
three months ended March 31, 1995. Gross margin decreased from 39% during the
1995 period to 32% during the 1996 period as a result of the sale of fewer whole
aircraft engines in the first quarter of 1996 and the effect of sales of engine
components owned by Parati.
 
     Other -- Gross profit on other sales declined 50% to $100,000 in the three
months ended March 31, 1996 from $201,000 in the three months ended March 31,
1995 due to the decreased sales volume. Gross margin on other sales increased
slightly to 33% in the three months ended March 31, 1996 from 32% in the three
months ended March 31, 1995.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expense.  Selling, general and
administrative expense increased 68% to $841,000 in the three months ended March
31, 1996 from $502,000 in the three months ended March 31, 1995, while such
expense declined as a percentage of net sales from 13% to 11%, respectively. The
increase in the amount of such expense is primarily attributable to increased
personnel expense resulting from additional staffing, increased facility expense
associated with the May 1995 relocation to the 50,000 square foot operations
center and the inauguration of the disassembly facility during the early part of
the first quarter of 1996.
 
     Officers' compensation.  Officers' compensation decreased 42% to $162,000
in the three months ended March 31, 1996 from $277,000 in the three months ended
March 31, 1995, and such expense declined as a percentage of net sales to 2%
from 8%, respectively. These savings resulted from an amendment to the
employment agreements of the two senior executives of the Company effective for
periods subsequent to January 1, 1996.
 
     Net interest expense.  Net interest expense increased to $138,000 during
the three months ended March 31, 1996 from $3,000 during the three months ended
March 31, 1995, and such expense increased as a percentage of net sales from 0%
to 2%, as a result of the Company's increased borrowing to support the higher
level of inventory.
 
  Year Ended December 31, 1995 compared to Year Ended December 31, 1994
 
     Net sales.  Net sales increased 102% to $18.3 million during 1995 from $9.1
million during 1994.
 
   
     Aircraft engines and engine components -- Aircraft engines and engine
component sales increased 93% to $16.7 million in 1995 from $8.6 million in
1994. This increase resulted from an increase in inventory levels as a result of
the credit facilities established in December 1994, the commencement of the
Pratt & Whitney relationship and a 57% increase in whole aircraft engine sales,
coupled with sales of more expensive, higher thrust aircraft engines. Sales to
Dallas Aerospace in 1995 declined by approximately 20%. The reserve for sales
allowances in 1995 increased due to an increase in the total sales and to a
return accepted from a customer of materials, most of which were resold by the
Company during the three months ended March 31, 1996.
    
 
     Other -- Other sales increased as a result of the commencement of borescope
service sales in January 1995 and a full year of sales of Boeing 727 rotable and
expendable components.
 
     Gross profit.  Gross profit increased 140% to $6.5 million during 1995 from
$2.7 million during 1994. Gross margin increased to 35% during 1995 from 30%
during 1994 primarily due to an increase in gross margins on aircraft engines
and engine components.
 
     Aircraft engines and engine components -- Gross profit on aircraft engines
and engine components increased 132% to $5.9 million in 1995 from $2.6 million
in 1994. Gross margins increased from 30% in 1994 to 36% in 1995 primarily as a
result of the sale of a greater proportion of higher margin whole aircraft
engines during 1995.
 
     Other -- Gross profit on other sales increased 305% to $522,000 from
$129,000 in 1994 due to the commencement of borescope services and increased
sales of airframe material. Gross margin increased slightly from 30% to 32%.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expense.  Selling, general and
administrative expense increased 141% to $2.6 million in 1995 from $1.1 million
in 1994, and such expense increased as a percentage of net sales from 12% during
1994 to 14% during 1995. This increase resulted primarily from the full year
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   24
 
effect during 1995 of initiating direct operations (previously performed by
Turbine until July 21, 1994), including increases in personnel costs of $1.0
million and facility expense of $496,000.
 
     Officers' compensation.  Officers' compensation increased 198% from
$860,000 in 1994 to $2.6 million in 1995, and such expense increased as a
percentage of net sales from 10% during 1994 to 14% during 1995. This increase
primarily resulted from increased net income which was the basis for determining
the compensation of the two senior executives under the employment agreements
then in effect and a one-time bonus in the fourth quarter of 1995 of $1.2
million in consideration of the reduction of the rate of compensation for future
periods.
 
     Net interest expense.  Net interest expense in 1995 was $191,000 as
compared to $6,000 of interest income in 1994 due to the borrowing to support
inventory growth under the Company's credit facilities established in December
1994.
 
  Year Ended December 31, 1994 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1993
 
     Net sales.  Net sales increased 133% to $9.1 million during 1994 from $3.9
million during 1993.
 
     Aircraft engines and engine components -- Aircraft engines and engine
component sales increased 122% to $8.6 million in 1994 from $3.9 million in
1993. This increase was a result of the substantial increase of JT8D aircraft
engine and engine component inventory available for sale.
 
     Other -- Other sales, derived from airframe material consignment sales
which commenced in 1994, were approximately $431,000.
 
     Gross profit.  Gross profit increased 569% to $2.7 million during 1994 from
$402,000 during 1993. Gross margin increased from 10% during 1993 to 30% during
1994.
 
     Aircraft engines and engine components -- Gross profit on aircraft engine
and engine component sales increased 537% to $2.6 million in 1994 from $402,000
in 1993. Gross margin on such sales increased to 30% in 1994 from 10% in 1993.
These increases resulted primarily because of the incurrence in 1993 of an
inventory write-down and a loss on the sale of certain non-JT8D aircraft
engines, both of which severely impacted gross margin.
 
     Other -- Airframe material sales, which commenced in 1994, were $431,000.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expense.  Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased 84% to $1.1 million in 1994 from $588,000 in
1993, and such expense decreased as a percentage of net sales from 15% in 1993
to 12% in 1994. The increase in the amount of this expense is primarily due to
the establishment during the third quarter of 1994 of the Company's operations
(formerly performed by Turbine).
 
     Officers' compensation.  Officers' compensation was incurred for the first
time in 1994 as a result of the retention during 1994 of the Company's two
senior executives.
 
     Net interest income.  Net interest income in 1994 was $6,000 compared to
net interest expense of $14,000 in 1993.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
     Historically, the Company's primary source of cash has been from financing
activities and cash flow generated by operations. Net cash provided by financing
activities, derived primarily from bank lines of credit and advances from
stockholders, was $2.3 million and $1.8 million during 1995 and the three months
ended March 31, 1996, respectively. The Company has also obtained aircraft
material on consignment and may enter into other consignment agreements in the
future. The Company's principal working capital requirements relate to the
acquisition of inventory and carrying of receivables. The Company generally
extends 30-day payment terms to its customers, other than new customers and
purchasers of whole aircraft engines, who are charged cash on delivery. The
Company extends 120-day payment terms to Pratt & Whitney. The Company is
planning to launch a program in conjunction with
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   25
 
third-party financing sources for leasing whole aircraft engines which may
increase its working capital requirements.
 
   
     The Company presently has a revolving credit facility (the "Credit
Facility") with Barnett Bank of South Florida, N.A. (the "Bank") which provides
working capital of up to $10.0 million with interest at the Bank's base rate
plus 0.75%, subject to an availability calculation based on the eligible
borrowing base. The eligible borrowing base includes certain receivables and
inventories of the Company. The Company is in compliance with all of its
requirements under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility is due on demand and
is reviewed annually. At March 31, 1996, the Company had outstanding
approximately $4.9 million and additional availability of approximately $1.1
million under the Credit Facility.
    
 
   
     Following the Offering, the Company has received a commitment from the Bank
to amend the Credit Facility to provide for maximum borrowing of up to $20.0
million, with interest at the Bank's base rate plus a range from 0.25% to 1.50%
based upon the Company's financial performance (the "Amended Credit Facility").
The Amended Credit Facility is expected to contain financial and other covenants
of the Company and is expected to be secured by a lien on substantially all of
the assets of the Company.
    
 
   
     The Company entered into a Limited Recourse Receivable Discount Facility
("Discount Facility") with Citibank, N.A. providing a facility for sales of
receivables from Pratt & Whitney to Citibank, N.A. at a discount rate of LIBOR
plus  1/4%. The Company paid a significant facility fee at the commencement of
the Discount Facility and may discount an aggregate of $10 million of
receivables prior to paying additional fees to extend the Discount Facility. The
Company sold an aggregate of $3.9 million in receivables pursuant to the
Discount Facility through March 31, 1996. The Company anticipates that following
the commencement of the Amended Credit Facility and the full utilization of the
initial $10 million of the Discount Facility, the Company will cause the
Discount Facility to terminate.
    
 
     The Company has established a capital expenditure budget of approximately
$2.9 million during 1996, including approximately $2.2 million for additional
tooling in the Company's disassembly operations relating to JT8D aircraft
engines, approximately $300,000 for planned additional enhancements to the
Company's information technology systems, approximately $200,000 to complete
warehouse improvements, approximately $150,000 for additional leasehold
improvements related to planned increases in personnel and approximately $50,000
for additional borescoping equipment. The Company presently plans additional
capital expenditures of approximately $2.2 million in 1997, primarily for
tooling associated with the disassembly of CFM56 aircraft engines.
 
   
     The Company believes that current levels of working capital, the proceeds
to the Company of the Offering and amounts available under the Credit Facility
will enable it to meet its liquidity requirements for the next twelve months.
    
 
SEASONALITY
 
   
     The Company believes that the aftermarket for whole aircraft engines is
seasonal, with increased demand for whole aircraft engines during the summer
months. This seasonality exists because aircraft engine performance is directly
related to ambient temperature (as temperatures rise it is more difficult for
aircraft engines to perform properly). As a result, certain aircraft engines are
removed from service during the summer months due to failure of those particular
aircraft engines to comply with exhaust gas temperature limitations. Aircraft
engines of the same type and model can have different performance capabilities.
The summer months also include peak travel periods during which aircraft
utilization levels are high. There can be no assurance that the Company will not
experience substantial quarterly fluctuations of sales in the future as a result
of the seasonal effect of aircraft engine sales. See "Risk Factors -- Limited
Operating History; Potential Fluctuations in Operating Results."
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   26
 
                               INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
GENERAL
 
   
     According to Boeing's 1996 Market Outlook, the annual worldwide market for
aircraft, aircraft engines and engine components is approximately $10.0 billion,
of which over $1 billion annually consists of sales and leases of aftermarket
JT8D aircraft engines and engine components. The aftermarket supplies aircraft
engines, engine components and airframe components in new and used condition as
distinguished from new aviation materials sold directly by an OEM. There are
currently over 13,000 JT8D aircraft engines in service, estimated to power
approximately 40% of the world's commercial jet powered aircraft. First tier
aircraft operators have reduced the percentage of their fleets which is powered
by the JT8D engine by selling older aircraft to second tier, start-up and cargo
aircraft operators and replacing them with new aircraft. As a result, a
substantial number of JT8D engines have migrated to aircraft operators which the
Company believes are more likely to outsource their maintenance and inventory
management requirements. Activity in the aftermarket is linked to aviation
activity. The aftermarket is highly fragmented, consisting of a limited number
of suppliers selling a broad range of aircraft engines and engine components,
and numerous smaller competitors serving specialized niche markets. Aftermarket
resellers compete on availability, breadth of product offering, service and
price. The Company estimates that the largest three suppliers of the JT8D
aircraft engine and engine component aftermarket, AAR, Inc., Dallas Aerospace
and AGES, L.P., have an aggregate 29% market share.
    
 
     Aviation aftermarket aircraft engines, engine components and airframe
materials are regulated by the FAA with supplemental guidelines issued by the
OEMs which govern the use and overhaul of aviation components based upon damage,
flight hours and cycle times (take-off and landings). The condition of
aftermarket engine components are determined by a third-party repair facility
certificated by the FAA which classifies components as "serviceable"
(immediately available for use), "overhauled" (the engine component is
"serviceable" and further specified repair procedures which enhance value have
been performed) and "scrap" (must be destroyed).
 
INDUSTRY TRENDS
 
     The Company believes that the significant trends impacting the aftermarket
will continue to increase its overall size while reducing the number of
competitors. These trends include the following:
 
          Growth in Air Transit.  According to Boeing's 1996 Market Outlook,
     global air travel will increase by 70% through 2005, and the number of
     passenger and cargo delivery aircraft in service will increase by 47%. The
     Company believes that growth in air transit activity has increased the
     demand for aircraft engine, engine component and airframe material
     purchases from the aftermarket.
 
          Increased Outsourcing of Inventory and Engine Repair Management
     Function.  Aircraft operators have come under increasing pressure during
     the last decade to reduce both operating and capital costs associated with
     providing air transportation services. While several of the expenditures
     incurred by aircraft operators are beyond their direct control (i.e., fuel
     prices and labor costs), the Company believes that obtaining replacement
     engine components from the aftermarket and outsourcing inventory management
     functions represent cost reduction opportunities for aircraft operators.
     Aircraft engines and engine components sold by aftermarket suppliers are
     substantially less expensive than new aircraft engines and components sold
     by OEMs. In addition, inventory management typically is more inexpensively
     and efficiently provided by a third-party like the Company that can achieve
     economies of scale unavailable to individual aircraft operators. Several
     smaller and start-up airlines and air cargo operators do not presently own
     an inventory of engine and airframe components, but rather have entered
     into agreements with suppliers for all or a portion of their requirements
     for engine and airframe components. Additionally, other airlines, including
     several large airlines, have begun to outsource portions of their
     purchasing services,
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   27
 
     repair management and warehouse management. The Company believes that its
     broad array of JT8D engine components and its reputation for timely and
     reliable delivery and complementary engine management services will
     position the Company to compete effectively for long-term supply
     relationships. The Company anticipates that the increased reliance on
     outsourcing will cause consolidation in the aftermarket, because only those
     suppliers with extensive inventories and adequate capital will secure such
     agreements with aircraft operators.
 
          Maintenance Requirements.  Under regulations promulgated by the FAA
     and the European Union and similar agencies of other countries, as well as
     guidelines established by aircraft engine OEMs, when the performance of an
     aircraft engine falls outside prescribed limits and after a specific number
     of flight hours or take-offs and landings an aircraft engine must be
     brought into a repair facility certificated by the FAA or a similar agency
     of a foreign nation for various types of designated service. Depending on
     the model, aircraft engines require regular maintenance and inspection and
     replacement of "life-limited" components. The FAA and similar agencies of
     other countries subject aircraft and engines with hours and cycles above
     certain limits to inspection and servicing on increased frequencies. The
     trend towards increasing maintenance requirements for aging aircraft (which
     generally include those models powered by the JT8D aircraft engine) has
     increased the size of the aftermarket for engine components since
     replacement engine components are generally required in connection with the
     repair of aircraft engines and the use of new engine components for these
     purposes is not cost effective.
 
          Increasing Emphasis on Traceability.  The sale of engine and airframe
     components must be accompanied by documentation which allows the customer
     to demonstrate compliance with applicable FAA requirements. The
     sophistication required to track the history of an engine or airframe
     component is considerable and involves an investment in information systems
     technology and the implementation of substantial quality assurance regimes.
     The cost of investment in technology and human resources to compete
     effectively in the aftermarket has become increasingly expensive.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   28
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
   
     AVTEAM, Inc. is an international aftermarket supplier of JT8D aircraft
engines and engine components as well as airframe and other aircraft material to
commercial passenger and cargo aircraft operators, aircraft engine repair and
engine component overhaul facilities and other aftermarket suppliers of aircraft
engines and engine components. The JT8D is the most widely used aircraft engine
in the world and is estimated to power approximately 40% of the world's
commercial jet powered aircraft. First tier aircraft operators have reduced the
percentage of their fleets which is powered by the JT8D engine by selling older
aircraft to second tier, start-up and cargo aircraft operators and replacing
them with new aircraft. As a result, a substantial number of JT8D engines have
migrated to aircraft operators which the Company believes are more likely to
outsource their maintenance and inventory management requirements. During 1995,
the Company supplied over 500 customers with over 40,000 engine and airframe
components and 22 aircraft engines. The Company has increased net sales at a
compound annual growth rate of 117% from $3.9 million in 1993 to $18.3 million
in 1995. The Company currently estimates that it has less than a 2% share of the
worldwide JT8D aircraft engine and engine component aftermarket.
    
 
   
     The Company began its operations as a value-added reseller of aircraft
engines, engine components and airframe material and based its operations in
Southeast Florida to access major aviation services companies. The Company
implemented business practices based upon senior management's extensive
experience to position the Company to serve its customers efficiently and allow
for substantial growth. These practices include targeted inventory sourcing and
marketing, use of a state-of-the-art, interactive management information system,
and operation of an efficient disassembly facility and a warehouse and
distribution facility that permits a rapid turnaround between customer order and
product delivery. In recognition of the Company's capabilities, in June 1995,
Pratt & Whitney, the OEM of the JT8D aircraft engine, selected the Company to be
its worldwide, sole-source supplier of JT8D aftermarket engine components. The
combination of the net proceeds from the Offering and the Credit Facility will
provide the Company with additional financial resources to expand its inventory
and capitalize on the trends in the aftermarket supply industry.
    
 
COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES
 
     The key components of the Company's competitive advantages are:
 
          Successful Buying Practices.  The Company focuses on the appropriate
     and timely purchase of aircraft engines for disassembly or resale. The
     worldwide aftermarket for JT8D aircraft engines and engine components is
     estimated at over $1 billion annually, which provides a large and liquid
     market for aircraft engines and engine components. However, there is no
     consistent, reliable and organized source of supply of surplus aircraft
     engines. The Company utilizes extensive market knowledge, disciplined
     sourcing and prudent due diligence procedures and offers cash consideration
     for its purchases of aircraft engines. The Company maintains an internally
     generated database of JT8D aircraft engines by owner based on extensive
     research and market expertise which it utilizes to target purchase
     opportunities. Through its entrepreneurial approach, the Company has been
     able to make its purchase decisions more quickly than larger competitors
     and does not depend on contingent financing which hampers smaller
     competitors.
 
   
          State-of-the-Art Management Information Systems.  The Company utilizes
     its information technology system in order to track, price, sort and
     determine sales profitability for the aftermarket engine components
     maintained in the Company's inventory. Through this integrated system, each
     sales representative of the Company can provide immediate and reliable
     responses to customer inquiries, delivering superior service over smaller,
     under-capitalized, paper-based competitors. In addition, management can
     target its purchasing decisions, focus overhaul expenditures on higher
     demand, higher margin components and monitor its inventory turnover ratio.
     The information
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   29
 
   
     technology system can interact with the Inventory Locator Service ("ILS")
     to provide certain pricing and availability information to potential
     customers.
    
 
          Broad Range of Product Offerings.  The Company provides one of the
     most extensive product lines, consisting of over 4,000 aftermarket engine
     components, of the JT8D aircraft engine. The Company's customers demand a
     broad range of engine and airframe components, often in substantial volumes
     and on an expedited basis.
 
          Tailored Customer Support.  The Company provides tailored customer
     support with an emphasis on quality, timely shipping, real-time, reliable
     pricing and availability and full traceability of the products sold by the
     Company. The Company offers flexible solutions designed to fulfill specific
     customer needs, combined with guarantees of high quality component
     delivery, EDI, financing arrangements and packaging components or services
     for volume and attractive pricing. The Company believes that, through these
     services, it can become the priority or sole supplier to its customers.
 
   
          Capacity for Growth.  The Company's management structure and
     facilities have been designed with capacity for substantial growth in
     volume and range of products. The Company's distribution facility is
     structured to allow for efficient processing, warehousing and inventory
     management of substantially greater volumes than currently handled. In
     early 1996, the Company added an aircraft engine disassembly facility which
     allows it to reduce the time required to make available engine components
     for sale or repair. Furthermore, the Company's information technology
     system is designed to meet evolving customer support requirements as well
     as to assist management in maximizing productivity.
    
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
   
     The Company seeks to maximize revenues and profitability through a
combination of appropriate purchases of surplus aircraft engines and superior
customer support to compete more on product offerings and relatively less on
price. As a result of the Offering and the Credit Facility, the Company will
have the working capital to increase its purchase of aircraft engines, engine
components and airframe material. Elements of the Company's growth strategy
include:
    
 
          Increase JT8D Market Penetration.  The Company seeks to increase its
     presence in the JT8D aftermarket and capitalize on the outsourcing trends
     within the industry by providing a broad range of aircraft engines and
     engine components, timely and reliable delivery and comprehensive customer
     support and by targeting its marketing efforts. The Company believes that
     it can capitalize on the outsourcing trends within the industry by
     supplying third-party repair facilities and aircraft operators. In
     addition, the Company seeks to increase volume and frequency of sales
     through its use of a technical salesforce to market its products and
     services to new and existing customers, many of which rely on the Company's
     greater technical expertise.
 
   
          Enter CFM56 Market.  The Company plans to enter the engine components
     aftermarket in newer, higher thrust aircraft engine types, such as the
     CFM56, which is manufactured by CFM International, Inc. The CFM56, with an
     installed base of over 5,000 aircraft engines, is expected to become the
     dominant aircraft engine early in the next century and has been operating
     for a sufficient period for an active aftermarket in aircraft engines and
     engine components to emerge. The Company believes that its expertise
     derived from servicing the JT8D market, including its business practices
     and its information technology system, are readily transferable to
     supporting CFM56 customers. The CFM56 is still being sold by its OEM and
     the market should continue to grow in the near term as more aircraft
     engines come into service and others extend their operating life past their
     respective warranty periods. Because higher thrust aircraft engines and
     engine components command a higher price per unit, expansion to this
     aircraft engine type may serve to increase the Company's revenues.
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   30
 
          Implement Engine Management and Leasing Programs.  As aircraft
     operators seek to outsource the repair of aircraft engines as well as
     inventory management, the Company believes that there is an opportunity to
     offer its customers complementary services to manage various aspects of
     their engine maintenance and acquisition needs. These services include
     aircraft engine leasing, scheduling, coordinating and evaluating costs of
     maintenance and repair services, designing aircraft engine repair
     workscopes, borescoping services and providing aircraft engines. By
     offering a total engine and inventory management solution to aircraft
     operators and lessors, the Company seeks the sale of engine components for
     maintenance service to the aircraft engines, acquisition of the aircraft
     engines after lease terms and the strengthening of customer relationships.
 
   
          Strengthen Key Customer Relationships.  The Company seeks to form
     close relationships with existing and new customers by providing a
     "one-stop shop" for JT8D customers with a broad range of high quality
     product offerings, reliable and timely customer support and flexible and
     customized solutions for customers' needs. The Company's emphasis on
     customer support, combined with its information technology system, assists
     the Company in delivering engine components and services efficiently to
     customers on a cost-effective basis. By providing the required services and
     engine components within the JT8D aftermarket, the Company seeks to
     increase its customers' purchasing frequency and expand its customer base.
    
 
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
 
     The Company's net sales over the past three years have been derived from
the sale of engine components, whole aftermarket aircraft engines, airframe
material and complementary services.
 
   
     Engine Components.  The Company maintains inventory of and sells over 4,000
engine components for JT8D aircraft engines. Aftermarket engine components are
generally held by the Company in "overhauled," "serviceable," "repairable" or
"as removed" conditions. The Company acquires surplus aircraft engines for
disassembly following its review of maintenance records relating to such
aircraft engines. Although the Company must rely on such maintenance records and
cannot independently verify the accuracy of the entries, the Company performs
various tests of internal consistency in such records and has developed a
knowledge of the particular recordkeeping methods of various prior owners of
aircraft engines. In general, the FAA and international regulatory authorities
impose substantial criminal and civil sanctions for the making of false entries
in the maintenance records of aircraft engines. Following disassembly of an
aircraft engine, the "as removed" engine components required to replenish
saleable inventory must be inspected and classified by a third-party facility
certificated by the FAA to perform such work. Engine components determined to be
"scrap" are destroyed and "repairable" engine components may be brought to
"serviceable" or "overhauled" condition depending upon the OEM's designation of
the engine component. Prices for the individual engine components are determined
by their classification, condition and general level of availability in the
aftermarket at the time of sale. The Company has experienced greater sales
volume in the following types of engine components, which account for
approximately 80% of the Company's net sales of engine components:
    
 
          Disks -- The disks are the rotors which hold and turn the blades
     within the aircraft engine. As "life-limited" components, the FAA requires
     that disks may only be flown a certain number of cycles and/or hours before
     replacement. A typical aircraft engine contains 13 compressor disks and
     four turbine disks. The price for a disk ranges from $1,000 to $75,000.
 
          Blades and Vanes -- Blades are moving parts which direct the air flow
     through an aircraft engine and are generally sold in sets. The quantities
     of blades included in a complete set vary in the different stages of the
     aircraft engine. The Company does not typically recover full, usable sets
     of blades from the disassembly of used aircraft engines, but rather
     partial, repairable sets. An individual blade typically sells for $50 to
     $1,200 depending on the stage and condition of the blade. Vanes are
     stationary air foils which also direct the air flow through an aircraft
     engine. Different aircraft engine stages may contain from 46 to 95 vanes
     which range in price from $25 to $3,500 per
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   31
 
     vane depending on the stage of the aircraft engine in which they are
     located. Most blades and vanes are unique to a specific aircraft engine
     type, although some are interchangeable.
 
          Stators -- Stators serve to direct the air flow through an aircraft
     engine at the optimum desired angle. The Company sells 11 of the 12 stators
     typically contained in an aircraft engine. The resale price of a stator
     ranges from $1,000 to $70,000 depending on its condition and the aircraft
     engine stage.
 
          Cases -- Cases contain and separate various assemblies within the
     aircraft engine. A JT8D aircraft engine typically has approximately 20
     cases, both internal and external. The price of a case ranges from $500 to
     $150,000 depending on its function, condition and location.
 
          Seals, Housings, Bevels, Bearings, Fuel Nozzles and Spacers -- These
     engine components comprise the bulk of the remaining items included within
     an aircraft engine and typically range in price from $500 to $25,000.
 
     Whole Aftermarket Aircraft Engines.  The Company sold five, 14 and 22 whole
aircraft engines in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The prices for
aftermarket aircraft engines depend on the thrust of the aircraft engine, the
availability of the aircraft engine type at the time of sale and the buyer's
circumstances. In the event that an aircraft requires a replacement aircraft
engine, customers may be willing to pay a premium for a serviceable aircraft
engine which can be delivered immediately.
 
     Airframe Components.  The Company's airframe component sales have resulted
from sales of new and used rotable and expendable spare parts for Boeing 727 and
707 series aircraft, consisting of approximately 45,000 line items. Sales of
rotable airframe components include avionics equipment (for example, fuel and
altitude indicators) and actuators (for example, devices that perform certain
mechanical functions). The airframe components currently held for sale by the
Company are divided 60% among expendable and 40% among rotable airframe
components.
 
     Borescoping Services.  The Company offers engine borescoping services, a
diagnostic procedure utilizing a video camera attached to the end of a thin tube
which is inserted into various sections of an aircraft engine to analyze its
condition without disassembly. The Company also utilizes its borescoping
capabilities to evaluate substantially all aircraft engines which the Company
has the opportunity to purchase.
 
     Engine Management Services.  The Company offers engine management services
to its customers, which include arranging for volume discounts and competitive
bids to service aircraft engines, preparing workscopes for the repair of
aircraft engines, monitoring aircraft engines through the entire repair process
and providing cost-effective replacement engine components for the aircraft
engines.
 
     Engine Leasing Services.  In response to various requests from customers,
the Company is planning to launch a lease program whereby the Company will offer
to lease new or used aircraft engines to aircraft operators under terms which
provide for the Company to provide engine management services during the term of
the lease and to own the aircraft engine at the end of the lease term.
 
PURCHASING
 
     The Company's business is substantially dependent on its purchasing
activities because its net sales are substantially influenced by inventory. The
Company acquires its inventories primarily through the purchase of surplus
aircraft engines or engine component inventories from owners. Senior
management's first priority is the identification, negotiation and completion of
surplus aircraft engine and engine component purchases. The Company has created
a reputation in the aviation aftermarket supply industry as a purchaser of JT8D
aircraft engines as a result of its many purchases of these aircraft engines.
Because the size of its inventory is critical to results of operations and
because there is no organized market for surplus JT8D aircraft engines, the
Company's operations are materially dependent on the techniques employed by
management to identify potential sources of material and to effect
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   32
 
timely purchases at acceptable prices. In order to acquire surplus aircraft
engines effectively, the Company's purchasing procedures include:
 
     - Deploy field personnel to identify potentially available aircraft
      engines;
 
     - Appoint representatives domestically and abroad to identify purchase
      opportunities;
 
     - Offer cash purchase prices rather than seek extended payment terms;
 
     - Maintain a streamlined aircraft engine review process in order to make
      timely offers; and
 
     - Dispatch senior management to potential vendors to negotiate and close
      purchases.
 
     Prior to the Offering, the Company utilized consignments to obtain airframe
material to increase sales without committing capital. Following the Offering,
the Company may elect to obtain airframe component inventory by direct purchase
but may also continue to obtain airframe material through consignments.
Consignment agreements typically require the Company to store the consigned
materials in dedicated warehouse space at the Company's facilities, use its best
efforts to sell the consigned materials at market prices and provide the
consignor with regular sales reports. The Company is typically obligated under
consignment arrangements to pay the consignor an agreed percentage of the prices
of the consigned materials sold on a monthly basis.
 
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 
   
     The Company utilizes a customized inventory information technology system
which is fully integrated with the Company's customized accounting and
management information systems to assist management in planning, operating and
controlling its business activities. This information technology system has
internal security and check and balance functions which allow substantially all
employees to access information relevant to their functions but restricts the
ability of unauthorized users to alter sensitive data.
    
 
   
     The information technology system contains information regarding each item
in the Company's inventory at any given time. By accessing the information
technology system through a bar coded scanner, the Company can: (i) document,
for any engine component, full traceability to the FAA approved point of origin
(whether the OEM, an approved agent of the OEM or a certificated FAA repair
facility); (ii) the aircraft engine from which an engine component is
originated; (iii) various identifying codes for the engine component; (iv) the
condition of the engine component; (v) the on-line availability of other engine
components of the same type in inventory; (vi) the location of all other similar
engine components and, if at an FAA certificated repair facility, when such
engine components are due to be returned; (vii) the history of the sales
regarding the type of engine component to the Company's customers (including
dates and sales prices); (viii) the Company's other sales commitments; and (ix)
any relevant purchase commitments. The information technology system also
provides time and usage cycles for life-limited components.
    
 
   
     The information technology system has an automatic interface that transfers
purchase and sales commitment data, real-time perpetual inventory levels,
recording of inventory movements, current assessment of supply and demand for
various engine components and complete daily reports to the accounting and
management information systems maintained by the Company.
    
 
DISASSEMBLY AND SERVICING OF AIRCRAFT ENGINES
 
     Prior to mid-December 1995, third-party facilities disassembled the surplus
aircraft engines purchased by the Company to stock the Company's engine
component inventory. The Company often experienced long delays in receiving the
disassembled components. During January 1996, the Company retained qualified
personnel, designed a disassembly facility with flexibility to accommodate
substantial growth in volume and expansion into other aircraft engine types and
developed internal capabilities to disassemble JT8D aircraft engines. As a
result, the Company significantly improved aircraft engine disassembly
turnaround time.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   33
 
     Whole aircraft engines held for resale require repair and certain
disassembled engine components require inspection and overhaul. Certain FAA
certificated repair and overhaul facilities specialize in different inspection
and overhaul procedures and the Company attempts to locate the appropriate
facility for particular procedures or projects. The Company utilized over 22
different FAA certificated repair and overhaul facilities in 1995. The Company
sometimes experiences substantial delays, however, in the servicing of aircraft
engines and engine components. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on Third-Party
Aircraft Engine Repair Facilities."
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
     The Company's sales and marketing organization is comprised of four groups:
(i) aircraft engine sales; (ii) engine component sales; (iii) airframe material
sales; and (iv) field services. The Executive Vice President of the Company is
responsible for the coordination and overall performance of each group. These
groups employ various sales and marketing efforts to service and expand upon the
Company's existing customer base.
 
     The Company's senior management, outside consultants and representatives
are all vital to the support of the sales and marketing efforts. The Company
believes that direct relationships are crucial to establishing and maintaining a
strong customer base. It is the Company's experience that business is primarily
generated by direct contact with those who are the decision-makers. In addition
to the direct relationships that are developed and maintained by senior
management, the Company uses the services of experienced outside consultants and
representatives to further expand its market presence. The Company works with
three consultants and six domestic and international representatives who have
extensive knowledge of the Company's products and services and established
business relationships. The Company is also a member of various trade and
business organizations related to the commercial aviation industry.
 
     The Company subscribes to the ILS, an aviation components information
network. This service is specifically used to support the sales and marketing of
engine and airframe components. The ILS is an electronic marketplace that
enables over 2,300 active buyers to access the Company's inventory of engine and
airframe components. The Company is able to market all available engine and
airframe components noting their quantities, part numbers and condition.
Customers can locate the Company's engine and airframe components inventory and
request quotes for any specific part numbers directly from the Company.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
   
     General.  The Company sells primarily to Pratt & Whitney, repair and
overhaul facilities, other aftermarket suppliers of aircraft engine and airframe
materials, aircraft operators and others. Other aftermarket suppliers purchase
inventory from the Company in order to meet their own specific supply
requirements. Repair and overhaul facilities purchase aftermarket engine
components for their customers' aircraft engines. To date, the Company's sales
to aircraft operators have consisted primarily of sales of whole aircraft
engines. While the Company sold aircraft engines, engine components and airframe
materials to over 500 different customers during 1995, sales of products
representing 21% and 13% of 1995 net sales were made to Pratt & Whitney and
Dallas Aerospace, respectively. Sales to Dallas Aerospace during 1995 declined
as a percentage of total sales principally due to an increase in the Company's
sales volumes and a 20% decline in sales to Dallas Aerospace. In addition, the
Company's five largest customers accounted for 67% and 52% of the Company's net
sales during 1994 and 1995, respectively. During the three months ended March
31, 1996, sales to Pratt & Whitney and Integrated Technology Corp. represented
25% and 13% of net sales, respectively. Due to the substantial unit price of a
whole aircraft engine and fluctuations in the availability of aircraft engines
in the Company's inventory, certain customers may account for a significant
portion of the Company's revenues from period to period and a significant
portion of the Company's sales are expected to continue to be concentrated in a
small number of customers.
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   34
 
   
     Pratt & Whitney.  On June 12, 1995, the Company entered into a Surplus
Parts Supply Agreement (the "Pratt & Whitney Agreement"), which is a three year
agreement which designates the Company as the worldwide sole-source of Pratt &
Whitney's requirements of aftermarket engine components for JT8D aircraft
engines. The Company believes that Pratt & Whitney entered into the Pratt &
Whitney Agreement in order to pursue a strategy of increasing its presence in
the JT8D aftermarket. Pratt & Whitney has established a division to sell
aftermarket JT8D engine components directly to airline operators, overhaul
facilities and other customers of Pratt & Whitney. On April 2, 1996, Pratt &
Whitney announced that it would enter into the aircraft engine maintenance
business with a new facility dedicated to the repair of JT8D aircraft engines
commencing in late 1996. This new 100,000 square foot facility is expected to
have a capacity of repairing 200 JT8D aircraft engines per year. The Pratt &
Whitney Agreement established pricing at specified percentages of the catalog
price for new engine components, subject to adjustment for cycles expended on
life-limited engine components. Payment for materials sold under the Pratt &
Whitney Agreement is on net 120-day terms. The Pratt & Whitney Agreement is
subject to termination by either party on six months' prior written notice or
upon notice of an event of default. See "Risk Factors -- Influence of Pratt &
Whitney."
    
 
BACKLOG
 
     The Company's backlog of unfilled orders at March 31, 1996 was
approximately $4.2 million compared to approximately $1.8 million at March 31,
1995. A substantial portion of the Company's backlog is typically scheduled for
delivery within 60 days. Moreover, variations in the size and delivery dates of
orders received by the Company, as well as changes in customers' delivery
requirements, may result in substantial backlog fluctuations from period to
period. Accordingly, the Company believes that backlog cannot be considered a
meaningful indicator of future financial results.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The aftermarket aviation supply industry is highly fragmented with a small
number of well known companies generating substantial revenues from the supply
of aftermarket aviation material and a large number of small suppliers selling
less than a total of $5 million each in engine components per year. Based upon
the January 1996 issue of the ILS Supplier Directory, there are approximately
2,000 aftermarket suppliers of commercial aviation material in the United
States.
 
     Management believes that the primary competitive factors in the aftermarket
aviation supply business are product quality and traceability, overall customer
service, availability of product, delivery time, quality of customer
relationships, name recognition and price. The aftermarket aviation supply
industry is characterized by intense competition and certain competitors of the
Company have substantially greater name recognition, inventories, complementary
product and service offerings, financial, marketing and other resources than the
Company. As a result, such competitors may be able to respond more quickly to
customer requirements than the Company. Smaller competitors may be in a position
to offer more attractive pricing of engine components as a result of lower labor
costs and other factors. Any expansion of the Company's existing products or
services could expose the Company to new competition. See "Risk
Factors -- Competition."
 
FACILITIES
 
   
     The Company's corporate headquarters occupy a facility containing office,
warehouse and other operational space in Miramar, Florida with an aggregate of
50,000 square feet under a lease with an initial term expiring in December 2000,
extendible until December 2005. The Company's disassembly operations are located
at another facility in the same office park containing 18,500 square feet of
office and warehouse space under a lease with substantially similar terms as the
lease for the Company's corporate headquarters. The second lease may be extended
for an additional term which expires in July, 2005. Rent of $23,700 and $10,050
per year is payable under the leases for the Company's headquarters and
disassembly facilities, respectively. See Note 5 of Notes to Financial
Statements.
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   35
 
     In addition, the Company leases certain warehouse and office space which it
no longer occupies under a noncancelable operating lease which expires in April
1997. In June 1995, the Company sublet such space under a noncancelable sublease
agreement which expires in April 1997.
 
REGULATION
 
   
     While the operations of the Company currently are not regulated by the FAA,
the Company must consider the requirements of its customers and provide them
with materials which comply with the use of aircraft engines and engine
components in commercial flight operations and the documentation which
demonstrates the airworthiness of such materials. Commercial flight operations
are heavily regulated by the FAA which requires all aircraft engines, engine
components and airframe materials to meet stringent airworthiness standards
established by the FAA and the OEMs. Aircraft operators must maintain logs
concerning the utilization and condition of aircraft engines, life-limited
engine components and airframes. Consequently, the Company offers its customers
data concerning the utilization of the Company's inventory of aircraft engines
and life-limited engine components from the time such equipment was initially
sold by the OEM. The Company reviews maintenance logs of surplus aircraft
engines offered for sale to the Company prior to making a purchase and
integrates the data into the Company's information technology system following
the purchase. The Company can then present such data to new and existing
customers.
    
 
     In addition, the FAA requires that various maintenance routines be
performed on aircraft engines, certain engine components and airframes at
regular intervals based on cycles or flight time. Engine maintenance must also
be performed upon the occurrence of certain events, such as foreign object
damage in an aircraft engine or the registry of a hot section event (which
generally occurs more frequently in the summer months) or the replacement of
life-limited engine components. Such maintenance usually requires that an
aircraft engine be taken out of service.
 
     Because the Company's inventory largely consists of older model JT8D
aircraft engines and engine components, the FAA's noise regulations also have a
substantial impact upon the Company. The ability of aircraft operators to
utilize such JT8D aircraft engines in domestic flight operations is
significantly influenced by regulations promulgated by the FAA governing, among
other things, noise emission standards. Pursuant to the Aircraft Noise and
Capacity Act, the FAA has required all aircraft operating in the United States
with a maximum weight of more than 75,000 pounds to meet Stage 2 noise
restriction levels. The FAA has mandated that all such Stage 2 aircraft (such as
the non-hush-kitted Boeing 727-200s, Boeing 737-200s and McDonnell Douglas
DC-9-30/40/50s) must be phased out of operation in the contiguous United States
by December 31, 1999. This ban on operation in the United States of
non-hush-kitted Stage 2 aircraft applies to both domestic and foreign aircraft
operators. The European Union has adopted similar restrictions for the operation
of Stage 2 aircraft within member nations of the European Union subject to a
variety of exemptions. Various communities surrounding the larger European
cities also have adopted more stringent local regulations which restrict the
operation of hush-kitted aircraft in such jurisdictions. See "Risk
Factors -- Dependence on the JT8D Aircraft Engine Aftermarket."
 
     In addition to aircraft noise limits, there are other regulatory
considerations which affect the cost of the continued operation of JT8D-powered
aircraft. Among these are requirements to install traffic alert and collision
avoidance systems and wind shear detection devices, to conduct airframe
structural inspections and modifications and to implement corrosion prevention
and control programs in connection with the FAA's Aging Airplane Program Plan
(the "Aging Airplane Program"). As part of the Aging Airplane Program, the FAA
has identified eleven wide and narrow-bodied aircraft as aging transport
airplanes, which include all of the aircraft types and models powered by JT8D
aircraft engines (that is, Boeing 727-100/200, Boeing 737-100/200 and McDonnell
Douglas DC-9-10/20/30/40/50). The Aging Airplane Program is implemented through
periodic airworthiness directive actions requiring aircraft operators to (i)
perform structural modifications and inspections to address airframe fatigue
problems, and (ii) implement corrosion prevention and control programs. Each of
these programs in the United States, and similar aging aircraft and equipment
upgrade requirements in the European
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   36
 
   
Union and other countries, increase the operating and maintenance costs of
JT8D-powered aircraft. In addition, under the Aging Airplane Program, each
aircraft type is determined to have an operational limit expressed in terms of
total flight hours, landings and pressurization cycles. As an aircraft
approaches its operational limit, additional significant maintenance actions are
required to permit continued operation of the aircraft and assure the continued
airworthiness of the aircraft's principal structural elements. Furthermore, the
EPA and various agencies of the European Union have sought the adoption of
stricter standards limiting the emission of nitrous oxide from aircraft engines.
    
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
   
     The Company has registered its aircraft engine disassembly facility at
Miramar, Florida with the EPA and the State of Florida Department of
Environmental Protection as a potential small quantity generator of hazardous
materials. Following the disassembly of used aircraft engines, the Company
cleans engine components with a mineral spirits based solvent, resulting in the
generation of certain waste materials which require disposal. An EPA approved
laboratory has reviewed the Company's cleaning operations and determined that
the cleaning solvent and the waste materials generated during the cleaning
operations are non-hazardous substances. The Company is therefore not required
to obtain permits for the generation, handling, storage, transportation or
disposal of the cleaning solvent or the waste materials. The Company intends to
institute a new cleaning system which utilizes a filtering process and reduces
the need to use the cleaning solvents. The Company believes it is in material
compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations.
    
 
INSURANCE
 
     The Company is a named insured under policies which include the following
coverage: (i) products liability, including grounding, up to $100 million
(combined single limit and in the annual aggregate); (ii) personal property,
inventory and business income at the Company's two principal facilities with
blanket coverage up to $10 million; (iii) commercial general liability coverage
up to $5 million (combined single limit and in the aggregate); (iv)
hangarkeepers liability (damages due to loss of aircraft occurring while such
aircraft is in the care, custody or control of the Company for safekeeping,
storage, service or repair) up to $5 million per aircraft or per occurrence; (v)
comprehensive general liability up to $2 million; (vi) employee benefit
liability up to $1 million for each claim and in the aggregate; (vii)
international commercial liability (including contractual liability) for bodily
injury or property damage up to $1 million; (viii) umbrella liability coverage
up to $4 million for each occurrence and in the aggregate; and (ix) various
other activities or items subject to certain limits and deductibles. The Company
believes that these coverages are adequate to insure against the various
liability risks of its business. See "Risk Factors -- Product Liability."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     As of March 31, 1996, the Company had 37 full-time employees. None of its
employees are represented by a union. The Company has not experienced any
labor-related work stoppage and considers its relations with employees to be
good.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
   
     The Company is not a party to any material legal proceedings.
    
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   37
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information concerning each of the
executive officers and directors of the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   NAME                     AGE                       POSITION
- ------------------------------------------  ---   ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>   <C>
Leon Sragowicz............................  66    Chairman of the Board
Donald A. Graw............................  41    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Jaime J. Levy.............................  40    Executive Vice President and Director
Bryan Thomas McFarland....................  42    Vice President -- Technical Operations
Mark S. Koondel...........................  49    Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Richard Preston...........................  50    Secretary and Director
Robert Munson.............................  61    Director
</TABLE>
 
     Leon Sragowicz is a co-founder of the Company and has served as its
Chairman of the Board and as a Director since its inception in October 1991. For
more than the past five years, he has been an investor in a significant number
of closely held companies with businesses ranging from the export of
transportation equipment to Latin America to ownership of real estate.
 
     Donald A. Graw joined the Company in January 1994 and has served as its
Chief Executive Officer, President and a member of its Board of Directors since
that time. From February 1991 to November 1993, Mr. Graw served as Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer of Scamp Auto Rental I, Inc., a subsidiary
of Dollar Rent-A-Car System, Inc. with 42 retail locations throughout Florida.
From July 1982 to October 1990, Mr. Graw began as the Chief Financial Officer
and was eventually named the Executive Vice President in February 1989 of
Diversified Services, Inc., a franchisee of Budget Rent-A-Car.
 
     Jaime J. Levy joined the Company in July 1994 and has served as its
Executive Vice President and a member of the Company's Board of Directors since
that time. From February 1991 to July 1994, he served as President of Turbine
Engine Technology Corp., an aircraft engine surplus parts company ("Turbine")
which was acquired by the then stockholders of the Company in July 1994. From
March 1986 to January 1991, he served as Director of Sales and Marketing for BET
Air, Inc., an aviation surplus parts company.
 
     Bryan Thomas McFarland joined the Company in July 1994 in his present
capacity as Vice President -- Technical Operations. From August 1992 to July
1994, he served as Vice President -- Technical Operations of Turbine. Prior
thereto, Mr. McFarland served as the Manager-Quality for International Aircraft
Associates, a customer sales manager for Aerothrust Corp. and a purchasing agent
for Eastern Airlines. He holds an Airframe and Powerplant license issued by the
FAA.
 
     Mark S. Koondel joined the Company in April 1996 in his present capacity as
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company. From November 1995 to
April 1996, he served as the Controller of AEC One Stop Group, Inc., a
pre-recorded music distributor. Prior thereto, Mr. Koondel served as Vice
President of Finance of Buenos Aires Embotelladora, S.A., a publicly-traded
Pepsi Cola franchisee, from November 1992 to October 1995. He also served as the
Controller of Florida Coca-Cola Bottling Co., Inc., from January 1985 to
November 1992. Prior thereto, Mr. Koondel worked in public accounting with Main
Hurdman and Coopers & Lybrand for an aggregate of seven years.
 
     Richard Preston is a co-founder of the Company and has served as the
Company's Secretary and a member of its Board of Directors since October 1991
and until April 1996 as its Treasurer. For more than the past 20 years, he has
served as a partner in the public accounting firm of Gerson, Preston & Company,
P.A., Miami, Florida.
 
     Robert Munson joined the Company's Board of Directors in January 1996. From
1992 to the present, Mr. Munson has been an independent consultant to various
companies in the commercial
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   38
 
aviation industry. Mr. Munson served 33 years at Pratt & Whitney, and was a Vice
President of Pratt & Whitney during the period from 1980 to 1992.
 
     Directors are elected annually to serve until the next annual meeting of
stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified. Executive
officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.
 
OTHER KEY PERSONNEL
 
     In addition to the executive officers and directors named above, certain
key personnel also contribute significantly to the management of the Company.
 
     Dallas Cobb joined the Company in July 1995 in his present capacity as
Director of Airframe Material. From February 1980 to July 1995, Mr. Cobb served
in various capacities with BET Air, Inc., including Marketing Manager, Vice
President, General Manager and President. From April 1968 to February 1980, Mr.
Cobb served as Purchasing Agent for Eastern Airlines, Inc.
 
     John Wachter joined the Company in August 1995 in his present capacity as
Director of Powerplant Sales. From March 1993 to August 1995, Mr. Wachter served
as Sr. Account Executive for the AGES Group, L.P., a provider of aircraft,
engine and support services to the aviation industry. From November 1985 to
February 1993, Mr. Wachter served as Sales Account executive for the Airline
Services Division of Ryder System, Inc. He holds an Airframe and Powerplant
license issued by the FAA.
 
     Efrain Salazar joined the Company in January 1994 in his present position
as Director of Finance. From October 1993 to July 1994, Mr. Salazar served as
Director of Finance of Turbine. From March 1991 to July 1993, Mr. Salazar served
as Business Manager for the Latin American Division of Harper Collins Publishing
Co.
 
     Rana Siddabattuni joined the Company in March 1994 in his present capacity
as Quality Control Manager. From December 1992 to January 1994, he served as
Quality Control Manager for International Airline Support Group, Inc., a
provider of aircraft, engine and support services to the aviation industry. From
January 1983 to November 1992, he served as Quality Control Supervisor for the
Airline Services Division of Ryder System, Inc. Mr. Siddabattuni holds an
Airframe and Powerplant license issued by the FAA.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     The Company's Board of Directors has established an Executive Committee, an
Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee. The Executive Committee is
authorized, subject to Florida law, to exercise the power and authority of the
Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company between
meetings of the full Board of Directors. The members of the Executive Committee
are Messrs. Graw, Levy and Preston.
 
     The Audit Committee is responsible for nominating the Company's independent
auditors for approval by the Board of Directors, reviewing the scope, results
and costs of the audit with the Company's independent auditors, and reviewing
the financial statements and audit practices of the Company. The members of the
Audit Committee are Messrs. Munson and Sragowicz.
 
     The Compensation Committee is responsible for recommending compensation
decisions to the Board of Directors. The Members of the Compensation Committee
are Messrs. Munson and Sragowicz.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
     During 1995, directors did not receive compensation for serving as members
of the Board of Directors. Directors of the Company who are not officers or
employees of the Company ("Non-Employee Directors") will receive an annual fee
of $10,000. Directors are reimbursed for travel and other expenses relating to
attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors or committees.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   39
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table sets forth a summary of compensation rendered in all
capacities to the Company by the Chief Executive Officer and all other employees
who received aggregate compensation in excess of $100,000 during 1995.
 
                        1995 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         LONG TERM
                                                                        COMPENSATION
                                                                        ------------
                                                ANNUAL COMPENSATION        STOCK
                                              -----------------------      OPTION         OTHER
       NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION(S)           SALARY       BONUS         AWARD       COMPENSATION
- --------------------------------------------  ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
Donald A. Graw..............................  $  136,000   $1,074,218        --             --
  President and Chief Executive Officer
Jaime J. Levy...............................  $  136,000   $1,074,218        --             --
  Executive Vice President
Bryan Thomas McFarland......................  $   80,000   $   89,000        --             --
  Vice President -- Technical Operations
</TABLE>
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     Effective January 1, 1994, Turbine and the Company entered into employment
agreements (collectively, the "Employment Agreements") with each of Donald A.
Graw and Jaime J. Levy, pursuant to which Turbine and the Company (collectively,
the "Employer") hired Messrs. Graw and Levy as executives of Employer. The
Employment Agreements provided that each of Messrs. Graw and Levy would receive
annual compensation in an amount equal to 20% of the Adjusted Net Income (as
defined therein). Under the Employment Agreements, each of Messrs. Graw and Levy
was entitled to draw $100,000 in 1994 and $130,000 in 1995 in semi-monthly
installments against his annual compensation. Within 90 days after the end of a
year, each of Messrs. Graw and Levy or Employer would pay to the other any
deficit. If the Board of Directors determined that insufficient cash flow was
available to pay the annual compensation, the shortfall in compensation would
accrue to Messrs. Graw and Levy. The Employment Agreements also granted to each
of Messrs. Graw and Levy an option to purchase up to 10% of the Company's
outstanding stock at an option price equal to book value. The respective
Employment Agreements were terminable at will by Employer and upon 90 days'
written notice by Messrs. Graw and Levy. Upon termination for other than cause
(as defined therein), each of Messrs. Graw and Levy was entitled to receive a
month's average draw for each year that the respective Employment Agreements had
been in effect.
 
     Messrs. Graw and Levy and the Company entered into an Amendment No. 1 to
the respective Employment Agreements which amended certain provisions of the
Employment Agreements (each an "Amendment No. 1"). Under each Amendment No. 1,
compensation to each of Messrs. Graw and Levy was reduced as of January 1, 1996
from 20% to 5% of Adjusted Net Income (as defined in the respective Employment
Agreements) and each of Messrs. Graw and Levy was awarded effective December 31,
1995 a non-recurring bonus in the amount of $589,718 to be paid on May 31, 1996.
The option price for the shares remaining to be purchased under the respective
Employment Agreements was amended to be the fair market value of the shares
subject to the option as determined by an appraiser selected by the Company. In
the event that the employment of Messrs. Graw or Levy was terminated for other
than cause, he would be entitled to receive a lump sum severance payment in the
amount of $130,000.
 
     On April 12, 1996, Messrs. Graw and Levy entered into an Amendment No. 2 to
the respective Employment Agreements (each a "Final Employment Agreement") with
the Company, which amended and restated the respective Employment Agreements and
the corresponding Amendments No. 1, and will become effective upon the Offering.
The Final Employment Agreements provide that Messrs. Graw and Levy will receive
an annual base salary of $260,000 and $220,000, respectively, for an initial
term of three years following the Offering, as well as the right to participate
in the Company's
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   40
 
   
Incentive Plan. See "-- Incentive Plan." Under the Final Employment Agreements,
Messrs. Graw and Levy have no entitlement to bonuses or compensation expressed
as a percentage of net income. Upon termination without cause, each Employee
will be entitled to receive two years' annual base salary paid in one lump sum.
Each Final Employment Agreement also entitles each of Messrs. Graw and Levy to
participate in the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan.
    
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     Until April 12, 1996, Donald A. Graw and Jaime J. Levy, executive officers
and directors of the Company were involved in setting executive officer
compensation. On April 12, 1996, the Compensation Committee of the Board,
consisting of Messrs. Sragowicz and Munson, was created. The Compensation
Committee recommends to the Board of Directors compensation decisions for the
Company's executive officers.
 
1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     The Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "Option Plan") became effective
on April 15, 1996. As of the date of this Prospectus, no options had been
granted. The purpose of the Option Plan is to attract and retain qualified
personnel, to provide additional incentives to employees, officers and
consultants of the Company and to promote the success of the Company's business.
A reserve of 600,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock has been established
for issuance under the Option Plan. The Option Plan is administered by the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee has
complete discretion to determine which eligible individuals are to receive
option grants, the number of shares subject to each such grant, the status of
any granted option as either an incentive stock option or a non-statutory
option, the vesting schedule to be in effect for the option grant and the
maximum term for which any granted option is to remain outstanding.
 
     Each option granted under the Option Plan has a maximum term of ten years,
subject to earlier termination following the optionee's cessation of service
with the Company. Options granted under the Option Plan may be exercised only
for fully vested shares. The exercise price of incentive stock options and
non-statutory stock option granted under the Option Plan must be at least 100%
and 85% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date
of grant, respectively (or 110% with respect to incentive stock options granted
to holders of more than 10% of the voting power of the Company's outstanding
stock). The Board or, when appointed, such committee has the authority to
determine the fair market value of the stock. The purchase price is payable
immediately upon the exercise of the option. Such payment may be made in cash,
in outstanding shares of Common Stock held by the participant, through a
promissory note payable in installments over a period of years or any
combination of the foregoing.
 
     The Board of Directors may amend or modify the Option Plan at any time,
provided that no such amendment or modification may adversely affect the rights
and obligations of the participants with respect to their outstanding options or
vested shares without their consent. In addition, no amendment of the Option
Plan may, without the approval of the Company's stockholders: (i) modify the
class of individuals eligible for participation; (ii) increase the number of
shares available for issuance, except in the event of certain changes to the
Company's capital structure; or (iii) extend the term of the Option Plan. The
Option Plan will terminate on March 1, 2006, unless sooner terminated by the
Board.
 
INCENTIVE PLAN
 
     The Company has adopted a Key Executive Annual Incentive Plan ("Incentive
Plan"), pursuant to which key executives of the Company may receive bonus
compensation based on the Company's performance during any fiscal year ending
after the Offering, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors (the "Committee"). Under the Incentive Plan, the Company's President
and Executive Vice President and other executives designated by the Committee
are assigned a target award expressed as a percentage of base salary in varying
amounts (not to exceed
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   41
 
100% of base salary). The actual award is subject to achievement by the Company
of minimum levels of operating income. The Committee has the authority to select
participants other than the President and Executive Vice President, to establish
target awards and to determine final awards in the event that the Company's
operating income is less than the levels established under the Incentive Plan
during any year the Incentive Plan remains in effect.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
PARATI AGREEMENT
 
     On September 5, 1995, the Company entered into an agreement (the "Parati
Agreement") with Parati Corporation, a Florida corporation ("Parati") owned by
Leon Sragowicz, the majority stockholder and the Chairman of the Company,
pursuant to which Parati, among other things, was to purchase surplus aircraft
engines for disassembly. The Company handled all of the operational and
administrative aspects of the agreement and Parati remained the owner of the
engine components from the disassembled aircraft engines purchased by Parati.
Any profit remaining after recovery by Parati of its cost of sales were to be
divided equally by Parati and the Company. The term of the Parati Agreement was
to expire on December 31, 1996. On April 12, 1996, the Company and Parati agreed
to terminate the Parati Agreement effective upon the Offering. At such time,
Parati will sell all of its remaining engine component inventory to the Company
at cost (estimated at $1.0 million).
 
   
     Management believes that the agreements with Parati are on terms which are
no less favorable to the Company than those which would have been obtained from
independent third parties.
    
 
STOCKHOLDER AND EXECUTIVE OFFICER LOANS AND ADVANCES
 
     As of March 31, 1996, the Company had outstanding non-interest bearing
advances from Leon Sragowicz, the Chairman of the Board of the Company, in the
amount of $1,322,479. Mr. Sragowicz has advanced money to the Company on several
occasions for general corporate purposes. Most recently, in December 1995, Mr.
Sragowicz advanced $981,000 to the Company.
 
     As of March 31, 1996, the Company had outstanding non-interest bearing
advances from Richard Preston, a stockholder and a director of the Company, in
the amount of $188,783. Mr. Preston has advanced money to the Company on several
occasions for similar purposes as Mr. Sragowicz.
 
     As of December 31, 1995, the Company had outstanding non-interest bearing
advances from each of Jaime J. Levy, the Executive Vice President and a director
of the Company, and Donald A. Graw, the President, Chief Executive Officer and a
director of the Company, in the amount of $588,839. Such amounts were advanced
to the Company for general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 1995, each of
Messrs. Levy and Graw also had outstanding non-interest bearing indebtedness to
the Company in the amount of $809,638 pursuant to certain promissory notes in
connection with each of their purchases of 500,000 shares of the Company's
Common Stock. Also, as of December 31, 1995, the Company was obligated to pay a
bonus of $589,718 to each of Messrs. Graw and Levy. On December 31, 1995,
$455,808 of the advances to the Company from each of Messrs. Graw and Levy was
offset against the balances due to the Company.
 
     Each of Messrs. Levy and Graw remain obligated to pay to the Company
$353,830 on May 31, 1996. Such loans do not bear interest and may be offset
against a deferred bonus (the expense associated with which was accrued in 1995)
in the amount of $589,718 payable to each of them in cash on May 31, 1996. In
addition the Company remains obligated to each Messrs. Graw and Levy for non-
interest bearing advances in the amount of $133,032 not previously offset.
 
     Furthermore, on April 15, 1996, the Company advanced non-interest bearing
advances to Messrs. Graw and Levy of $107,140 and $100,700, respectively.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   42
 
     None of the stockholders, directors or officers of the Company have loaned
any amounts to the Company during 1996.
 
GUARANTEES
 
     The Current Stockholders of the Company are joint and several guarantors in
connection with the Credit Facility. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
 
TAX INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
 
     On April 12, 1996, the Company entered into Tax Allocation and
Indemnification Agreements (the "Tax Indemnification Agreements") with each of
the Current Stockholders relating to their respective income tax labilities and
certain related matters. The Tax Indemnification Agreement generally provides
that the Current Stockholders will be indemnified by the Company with respect to
federal and state income taxes (plus interest and penalties) arising due to
taxable income shifted from a C Corporation taxable year to a taxable year in
which the Company was an S Corporation, and that the Company will be indemnified
by the Current Stockholders with respect to federal and state income taxes (plus
interest and penalties) arising due to taxable income shifted from an S
Corporation taxable year to a C Corporation taxable year; provided, however,
that only in the case of the Current Stockholders' obligation to indemnify the
Company, such obligation shall be limited to the tax benefit (if any) derived by
the Current Stockholders due to the shift of taxable income from a taxable year
in which the Company was an S Corporation to a C Corporation taxable year. Any
payment made by the Company to the Current Stockholders pursuant to the Tax
Indemnification Agreement may be considered by the Internal Revenue Service or
the state taxing authorities to be nondeductible by the Company for income tax
purposes.
 
     In addition to the foregoing, the Tax Indemnification Agreements
contractually confirm the Company's obligations to make the Stockholder
Distribution and to satisfy, or to provide for the satisfaction of, certain
related obligations. See "Prior S Corporation Status and Planned Distributions."
 
     Following the Offering, the Company does not intend to enter into any
material transaction with officers or directors, or their family members,
without the approval of a majority of the non-employee directors.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   43
 
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
     As of April 30, 1996, the Company had four holders of record of an
aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock. The following table sets forth
certain information with respect to the ownership of Common Stock of the Company
prior to the Offering and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of shares of
Common Stock in the Offering, by (i) each person who is known by the Company to
beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding Common Stock, (ii) each of the
Company's directors, (iii) each executive officer named in the Summary
Compensation Table and (iv) all directors and officers of the Company as a
group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            BENEFICIAL                                 BENEFICIAL
                                             OWNERSHIP                                  OWNERSHIP
                                         PRIOR TO OFFERING                           AFTER OFFERING
                                        -------------------   NUMBER OF SHARES     -------------------
                 NAME                    NUMBER     PERCENT    OFFERED HEREBY       NUMBER     PERCENT
- --------------------------------------  ---------   -------   ----------------     ---------   -------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>       <C>                  <C>         <C>
Leon Sragowicz(1).....................  3,500,000     70.0%       1,430,000(2)     2,070,000     30.0%
  Chairman of the Board
Richard Preston(1)....................    500,000     10.0%         100,000          400,000      6.0%
  Director
Donald A. Graw(1).....................    500,000     10.0%          50,000          450,000      6.5%
  President, Chief Executive Officer,
  Director
Jaime J. Levy(1)......................    500,000     10.0%          50,000          450,000      6.5%
  Executive Vice President, Director
Directors and officers of the Company
  as a group (10 persons).............  5,000,000    100.0%       1,630,000        3,370,000     49.0%
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
     (1) The business address of such stockholder for these purposes is c/o
AVTEAM, Inc., 3230 Executive Way, Miramar, Florida 33025.
     (2) It is contemplated that prior to the Offering, Mr. Sragowicz will
donate half of such shares to a not-for-profit corporation wholly owned by the
Greater Miami Jewish Federation.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   44
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     The following summary description relating to the Company's capital stock
does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the Company's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (the "Articles")
and Amended and Restated By-Laws (the "By-Laws") which have been filed as
exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
     The Company is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of capital stock,
including 80,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Preferred Stock"). Immediately prior to
the Offering, 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock were issued and outstanding. No
shares of Preferred Stock have been issued.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
   
     Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters
submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Since
the Common Stock does not have cumulative voting rights, the holders of a
majority of the outstanding shares voting for election of directors can elect
all members of the Board. A majority vote is also sufficient for other actions
that require the vote or concurrence of stockholders. See "Principal and Selling
Stockholders." Dividends may be paid to holders of Common Stock when and if
declared by the Board out of funds legally available therefor. See "Dividend
Policy." Holders of Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably in the assets
of the Company legally available for distribution to stockholders in the event
of liquidation or dissolution. The holders of Common Stock have no preemptive or
conversion rights.
    
 
     Prior to the Offering, there has been no established public trading market
for the Common Stock. See "Risk Factors -- No Prior Public Market; Determination
of Initial Public Offering Price; Volatility of Common Stock Price."
 
     The Company's transfer agent and registrar is American Stock Transfer &
Trust Company.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
     The Board is authorized, without any action of the stockholders, to provide
for the issuance of one or more series of Preferred Stock and to fix the
designation, preferences, powers and relative, participating, optional and other
rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, including, without
limitation, the dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption
price and liquidation preference per series of Preferred Stock. Any series of
Preferred Stock so issued may rank senior to the Common Stock with respect to
the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
    
 
   
     The Company does not have any shares of Preferred Stock outstanding and the
Board has no present intent to issue Preferred Stock. The ability to issue
Preferred Stock will provide the Company with flexibility in connection with
possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes. Such issuances, however,
could adversely affect the rights of the holders of Common Stock. See "Risk
Factors -- Factors Inhibiting Takeover."
    
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF FLORIDA LAW
 
   
     The Company is subject to (i) the Florida Control Share Act, which
generally provides that shares acquired in excess of thresholds equalling 20%,
33% and more than 50% of a corporation's voting power will not possess any
voting rights unless such voting rights are approved by a majority vote of the
corporation's disinterested stockholders, and (ii) the Florida Fair Price Act
which generally requires approval by disinterested directors or supermajority
approval by stockholders for certain specified transactions between a
corporation and a holder of more than 10% of the outstanding shares of the
corporation (or their affiliates).
    
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   45
 
CERTAIN NOTICE AND VOTING PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THE COMPANY'S ARTICLES OF
INCORPORATION
AND BYLAWS
 
   
     Certain provisions of the Articles and Bylaws of the Company summarized in
the following paragraphs may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may
delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder
might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result
in a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.
    
 
   
     Special Meeting of Stockholders.  The Articles provide that special
meetings of stockholders of the Company may be called only by the Board or upon
the written demand of the holders of not less than fifty percent of all votes
entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at a special meeting.
This provision will make it more difficult for stockholders to take actions
opposed by the Board and cannot be amended without the approval of less than
 2/3 of the outstanding shares entitled to be cast on the issue.
    
 
   
     Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director
Nominations  The Articles provide that stockholders seeking to bring business
before an annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election
as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, must provide timely notice
thereof in writing. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or
mailed and received at the executive offices of the Company not less than 120
days nor more than 180 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the
Company's notice of annual meeting provided with respect to the previous year's
annual meeting. The Articles also state that no stockholder actions may be taken
by written consent and specify certain requirements for a stockholder's notice
to be in proper written form. These provisions may preclude some stockholders
from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual meeting or from
making nominations for directors at an annual meeting and cannot be amended
without the approval of less than 2/3 of the outstanding shares entitled to be
cast on the issue.
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   46
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding a total
of 6,820,000 shares of Common Stock (7,078,750 shares if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). All 3,450,000 of the shares of
Common Stock (3,967,500 shares of Common Stock if the Underwriters'
over-allotment options are exercised in full) sold in the Offering will be
freely transferable by persons other than "affiliates" of the Company without
restriction or registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Act"), except for shares of Common Stock purchased by "affiliates" of the
Company within the meaning of the rules and regulations under the Act, which may
be sold in the public market in accordance with Rule 144 under the Act ("Rule
144").
 
     The remaining 3,370,000 outstanding shares of Common Stock (3,111,250
shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be
deemed restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 ("Restricted
Shares"). Restricted Shares may not be sold unless they are registered under the
Act or are sold pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration, including
an exemption under Rule 144.
 
   
     Even if such exemptions are available, the Company and the Current
Stockholders have agreed with the Underwriters not to offer, sell or otherwise
publicly dispose of any shares of Common Stock and the Company has also agreed
with the Underwriters not to offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any other
shares of capital stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc., except
that the Company may, without such consent, grant options pursuant to stock
option plans and the Current Stockholders may make gifts of such stock to
persons who agree to comply with the lock-up agreements.
    
 
     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated), including any person who may be deemed an
"affiliate" of the Company, is entitled to sell within any three-month period, a
number of Restricted Shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of
the then outstanding shares of Common Stock and the average weekly trading
volume in the over-the-counter market during the four calendar weeks preceding
each such sale, provided that at least two years have elapsed since such
Restricted Shares were acquired from the Company or any "affiliate" and certain
manner of sale, notice requirements and requirements as to availability of
current public information about the Company are satisfied. Any person who is
deemed to be an affiliate of the Company must comply with the provisions of Rule
144 (other than the two-year holding period requirement) in order to sell shares
of Common Stock which are not Restricted Shares (such as shares of Common Stock
acquired by "affiliates" in the Offering). In addition, under Rule 144(k), a
person who is not an affiliate of the Company, and who has not been an affiliate
of the Company at any time during the 90-days preceding any sale, is entitled to
sell Restricted Shares without regard to the foregoing limitations, provided
that at least three years have elapsed since the Restricted Shares were acquired
from the Company.
 
     Prior to the Offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock, and
no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that public sales of shares
of Common Stock or the availability of shares of Common Stock for sale will have
on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of
substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that
such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market prices.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   47
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     The names of the Underwriters of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby
and the aggregate number of shares which each has severally agreed to purchase
from the Company and the Selling Stockholders, subject to the terms and
conditions specified in the Underwriting Agreement, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               NUMBER OF
                                   UNDERWRITER                                  SHARES
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
    <S>                                                                        <C>
    Dillon, Read & Co. Inc...................................................
    Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated..........................................
 
                                                                               ---------
              Total..........................................................  3,450,000
                                                                               =========
</TABLE>
 
     The Managing Underwriters are Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. and Alex. Brown &
Sons Incorporated.
 
     The Underwriters are committed to purchase all of the shares of Common
Stock offered hereby, if any are so purchased. The Underwriting Agreement
contains certain provisions whereby, if any Underwriter defaults in its
obligation to purchase such shares, and the aggregate obligations of the
Underwriters so defaulting do not exceed ten percent of the shares offered
hereby, some or all of the remaining Underwriters must assume such obligations.
 
   
     The Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock directly to
the public initially at the offering price per share set forth on the cover page
of this Prospectus and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in
excess of $          per share. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may
re-allow, concessions not in excess of $          per share to certain other
dealers. The offering of the shares is made for delivery when, as and if
accepted by the Underwriters and subject to prior sale and withdrawal,
cancellation or modification of the offer without notice. The Underwriters
reserve the right to reject any order for the purchase of the shares. After the
public offering of the Common Stock, the public offering price and the
concessions may be changed by the Managing Underwriters.
    
 
     The Company and Mr. Sragowicz have each granted to the Underwriters an
option for 30 days from the date of this Prospectus to purchase up to 258,750
and 258,750 additional shares of Common Stock, respectively, at the initial
public offering price less the underwriting discount set forth on the cover page
of this Prospectus. The Underwriters may exercise such option only to cover
over-allotment of the Common Stock offered hereby. To the extent the
Underwriters exercise this option, each Underwriter will be obligated, subject
to certain conditions, to purchase the number of additional shares of Common
Stock proportionate to such Underwriter's initial commitment.
 
     The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or to
contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect
thereof.
 
     The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed, subject to certain
exceptions, that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, transfer or
otherwise encumber or dispose of any shares of Common Stock, or securities
convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, for a period of 180 days from
the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Dillon, Read &
Co. Inc.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   48
 
     Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the Common Stock has
been determined by negotiation among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and
the Managing Underwriters. Factors considered in determining the initial public
offering price were prevailing market conditions, the state of the Company's
development, recent financial results of the Company, the future prospects of
the Company and its industry, market valuations of securities of companies
engaged in activities deemed by the Managing Underwriters to be similar to those
of the Company and other factors deemed relevant.
 
     The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to accounts over which they
exercise discretionary authority.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Baker & McKenzie. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the
Underwriters by Greenberg, Traurig, Hoffman, Lipoff, Rosen & Quentel, P.A.,
Miami, Florida.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The financial statements of the Company at December 31, 1994 and 1995, and
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, appearing in
this Prospectus and Registration Statement, have been audited by Ernst & Young
LLP, independent certified public accountants, as set forth in their report
thereon appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, and are
included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
   
     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (together with all amendments
and exhibits thereto, the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act
with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered by this Prospectus. This
Prospectus, which constitutes part of the Registration Statement, does not
contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the
exhibits and schedules thereto, certain parts of which have been omitted as
permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further
information with respect to the Company and the shares of Common Stock offered
hereby, reference is hereby made to such Registration Statement, including the
exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to
the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to herein are
not necessarily complete and, where such contract, agreement or other document
is an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to such exhibit
for a complete description of the matter involved, and each such statement is
qualified in all respects by the provisions of such exhibit. Copies of the
Registration Statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be
inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Securities and Exchange Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, or obtained from the Commission upon payment of the fees
prescribed by the Commission. The Registration Statement may also be obtained
through the Commission's Internet address at "http://www.sec.gov."
    
 
     As a result of the Offering, the Company will be subject to the
informational and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
and in accordance therewith will file periodic reports, proxy statements and
other information with the Commission. The Company intends to furnish its
stockholders annual reports containing audited financial statements and an
opinion expressed thereon by independent certified public accountants and
quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   49
 
                                  AVTEAM, INC.
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants....................................   F-2
Balance Sheets........................................................................   F-3
Statement of Operations...............................................................   F-4
Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity..........................................   F-5
Statement of Cash Flows...............................................................   F-6
Notes to Financial Statements.........................................................   F-7
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants Concerning Turbine's Financial
  Statements..........................................................................  F-14
Statement of Operations of Turbine....................................................  F-15
Statement of Cash Flow of Turbine.....................................................  F-16
Notes to Financial Statements of Turbine..............................................  F-17
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   50
 
               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
Board of Directors and Stockholders
AVTEAM, Inc.
 
     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of AVTEAM, Inc. (the
"Company") as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related statements of
operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of AVTEAM, Inc. at December 31,
1995 and 1994, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
   
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
    
 
Miami, Florida
January 30, 1996, except for the first paragraph
  of Note 13 as to which the date is March 21, 1996
  and the second, third and fourth paragraphs of
  Note 13 as to which the date is April 12, 1996
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   51
 
                                  AVTEAM, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       PRO FORMA
                                                                                      STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                                       EQUITY AT
                                                   DECEMBER 31                          MARCH 31
                                             ------------------------    MARCH 31         1996
                                                1994         1995          1996         (NOTE 1)
                                             ----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
                                                                        (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash.....................................  $  751,357   $        --   $   546,774
  Trade accounts receivable, less allowance
     for doubtful accounts of $52,500 and
     $114,000, and allowance for sales
     returns of $161,767 and $669,458, in
     1994 and 1995, respectively...........   2,694,429     4,661,567     5,460,535
  Inventory................................   2,770,897     8,562,679     9,878,357
  Prepaid expenses.........................      21,303       184,782       466,817
                                             ----------   -----------   -----------
          Total current assets.............   6,237,986    13,409,028    16,352,483
Property and equipment, net................     142,700       298,367       307,881
Deposits and other assets..................      57,823        86,119       110,037
                                             ----------   -----------   -----------
                                             $6,438,509   $13,793,514   $16,770,401
                                             ==========   ===========   ===========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Notes payable to bank....................  $  350,000   $ 3,155,811   $ 4,917,756
  Accounts payable.........................   1,739,823     4,448,716     3,134,556
  Accrued expenses.........................     124,840       487,214       938,223
  Current portion of capital lease
     obligations...........................          --        47,623        49,235
  Due to stockholders and affiliates.......   1,589,830     2,956,760     3,687,918
                                             ----------   -----------   -----------
          Total current liabilities........   3,804,493    11,096,124    12,727,688
Capital lease obligations, net of current
  portion..................................          --        83,422        70,495
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value,
     20,000,000 shares authorized, no
     shares issued or outstanding..........          --            --            --    $        --
  Common stock, $.01 par value, 80,000,000
     shares authorized, 4,000,000 issued
     and outstanding in 1994, 5,000,000
     shares issued and outstanding in 1995
     and 1996..............................      40,000        50,000        50,000         50,000
  Additional paid-in capital...............   2,594,016     3,271,629     3,271,629      2,829,879
  Retained earnings........................          --            --     1,358,250             --
  Notes receivable from officers...........          --      (707,661)     (707,661)      (707,661)
                                             ----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
          Total stockholders' equity.......   2,634,016     2,613,968     3,972,218    $ 2,172,218
                                             ----------   -----------   -----------
                                             $6,438,509   $13,793,514   $16,770,401
                                             ==========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   52
 
                                  AVTEAM, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31                  MARCH 31
                                  -------------------------------------   -----------------------
                                     1993         1994         1995          1995         1996
                                  ----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                               <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Net sales.......................  $3,890,985   $9,061,785   $18,298,849   $3,757,924   $7,843,517
Cost of sales...................   3,489,042    6,372,615    11,848,217    2,308,789    5,344,020
                                  ----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
                                     401,943    2,689,170     6,450,632    1,449,135    2,499,497
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general, and
     administrative.............     588,256    1,081,213     2,601,249      501,564      841,127
  Officers' compensation........          --      859,830     2,560,435      277,250      161,693
                                  ----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
                                     588,256    1,941,043     5,161,684      778,814    1,002,820
                                  ----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
Income (loss) from operations...    (186,313)     748,127     1,288,948      670,321    1,496,677
Interest (expense) income,
  net...........................     (13,800)       5,719      (190,611)      (2,879)    (138,427)
                                  ----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
(Loss) income before
  extraordinary item............    (200,113)     753,846     1,098,337      667,442    1,358,250
Extraordinary item -- gain on
  extinguishment of debt due to
  related party.................     150,000           --            --           --           --
                                  ----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
Net income (loss)...............  $  (50,113)  $  753,846   $ 1,098,337   $  667,442   $1,358,250
                                  ==========   ==========   ===========   ==========   ==========
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION
Income before income taxes......                            $ 1,098,337   $  667,442   $1,358,250
Pro forma decrease (increase) in
  compensation expense..........                              1,442,435       (2,250)    (117,807)
                                                            -----------   ----------   ----------
Pro forma income before income
  taxes.........................                              2,540,772      665,192    1,240,443
Pro forma (credit) provision for
  income taxes:
  Current.......................                              1,586,522      282,194      428,714
  Deferred......................                               (627,072)     (31,043)      39,218
                                                            -----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                959,450      251,151      467,932
                                                            -----------   ----------   ----------
Pro forma net income............                            $ 1,581,322   $  414,041   $  772,511
                                                            ===========   ==========   ==========
Pro forma net income per common
  share.........................                            $       .32   $      .08   $      .15
                                                            ===========   ==========   ==========
Weighted average number of
  common shares outstanding.....                              4,896,158    4,896,158    5,000,000
                                                            ===========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   53
 
                                  AVTEAM, INC.
 
                 STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       RETAINED
                                              COMMON    ADDITIONAL     EARNINGS         NOTES
                                               STOCK     PAID-IN     (ACCUMULATED    RECEIVABLE
                                   SHARES     AMOUNT     CAPITAL       DEFICIT)     FROM OFFICERS     TOTAL
                                  ---------   -------   ----------   ------------   -------------   ----------
<S>                               <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>            <C>             <C>
Balance at January 1, 1993......  4,000,000   $40,000   $  (39,000)   $    9,083      $      --     $   10,083
  Net loss......................         --       --            --       (50,113)            --        (50,113)
                                  ---------   -------   ----------   ------------   -------------   ----------
Balance at December 31, 1993....  4,000,000   40,000       (39,000)      (41,030)            --        (40,030)
  Stockholder advances
    contributed to capital......         --       --     3,040,200            --             --      3,040,200
  Net income....................         --       --            --       753,846             --        753,846
  Distributions.................         --       --      (407,184)     (712,816)            --     (1,120,000)
                                  ---------   -------   ----------   ------------   -------------   ----------
Balance at December 31, 1994....  4,000,000   40,000     2,594,016            --             --      2,634,016
  Shares issued in connection
    with stock option plan......  1,000,000   10,000     1,609,276            --       (707,661)       911,615
  Net income....................         --       --            --     1,098,337             --      1,098,337
  Distributions.................         --       --      (931,663)   (1,098,337)            --     (2,030,000)
                                  ---------   -------   ----------   ------------   -------------   ----------
Balance at December 31, 1995....  5,000,000   50,000     3,271,629            --       (707,661)     2,613,968
  Net income....................         --       --            --     1,358,250             --      1,358,250
                                  ---------   -------   ----------   ------------   -------------   ----------
Balance at March 31, 1996
  (unaudited)...................  5,000,000   $50,000   $3,271,629    $1,358,250      $(707,661)    $3,972,218
                                  ==========  ========  ===========  =============  ============    ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   54
 
                                  AVTEAM, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  MARCH 31,
                                                       ------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                                         1993        1994          1995          1995          1996
                                                       --------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)....................................  $(50,113)  $   753,846   $ 1,098,337   $   667,442   $ 1,358,250
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
  cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization......................        --        31,244       100,750        14,639        34,962
  Bad debt expense...................................        --        69,065       145,177            --            --
  Gain on extinguishment of debt due to related
    party............................................  (150,000)           --            --            --            --
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities net of
    effects from purchase of Turbine:
    Trade accounts receivable........................  (185,151)   (2,345,827)   (2,112,315)      (15,360)     (798,968)
    Inventory........................................   381,741       746,768    (5,791,782)   (1,271,348)   (1,315,678)
    Prepaid expenses.................................        --       (12,126)     (163,479)      (65,514)     (282,035)
    Deposits and other assets........................        --       (39,991)      (28,296)           --       (23,918)
    Accounts payable.................................  (133,390)    1,591,302     2,708,893       132,872    (1,314,160)
    Accrued expenses.................................        --       124,840       362,374       (84,584)      451,009
    Due to stockholders and affiliates...............        --       589,830       746,605        98,699       731,158
                                                       --------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net cash (used in) provided by operating
  activities.........................................  (136,913)    1,508,951    (2,933,736)     (523,154)   (1,159,380)
INVESTING ACTIVITY
Purchases of property and equipment..................        --        (7,792)     (103,350)      (12,266)      (44,476)
                                                       --------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net cash used in investing activity..................        --        (7,792)     (103,350)      (12,266)      (44,476)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Payments on note payable to related party............        --    (1,000,000)           --            --            --
Payments on capital leases...........................        --            --       (22,022)           --       (11,315)
Net proceeds from (payments on) notes payable........        --       350,000      (350,000)           --            --
Net proceeds from short-term line of credit..........        --            --     3,155,811            --     1,761,945
Advances from stockholders...........................   660,000     1,467,000     4,202,494     1,377,505            --
Payments of stockholders' advances...................  (512,000)     (467,000)   (2,670,554)   (1,481,545)           --
Distributions........................................        --    (1,120,000)   (2,030,000)      (30,000)           --
                                                       --------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
  activities.........................................   148,000      (770,000)    2,285,729      (134,040)    1,750,630
                                                       --------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net (decrease) increase in cash......................    11,087       731,159      (751,357)     (669,460)      546,774
Cash at beginning of period..........................     9,111        20,198       751,357       751,357            --
                                                       --------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Cash at end of period................................  $ 20,198   $   751,357   $        --   $    81,897   $   546,774
                                                       ========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES
Interest paid........................................  $     --   $       845   $   145,451   $     8,541   $   167,742
                                                       ========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
SCHEDULE OF NONCASH FINANCING AND INVESTING
  ACTIVITIES
Transfer of assets from consignee as repayment of
  receivable:
  Inventory..........................................  $     --   $   213,907   $        --   $        --   $        --
  Property and equipment.............................        --       166,152            --            --            --
  Prepaid expenses...................................        --         9,177            --            --            --
  Deposits and other assets..........................        --        17,832            --            --            --
                                                       --------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                       $     --   $   407,068   $        --   $        --   $        --
                                                       ========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Notes receivable from officers offset against amounts
  due to stockholders................................  $     --   $        --   $   911,615   $        --   $        --
                                                       ========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Stockholder advances contributed to capital..........  $     --   $ 3,040,200   $        --   $        --   $        --
                                                       ========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Office furniture and equipment acquired under capital
  leases.............................................  $     --   $        --   $   153,067   $        --   $        --
                                                       ========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   55
 
                                  AVTEAM, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
               (Information pertaining to the three months ended
                     March 31, 1995 and 1996 is unaudited)
 
1.  BUSINESS
 
   
     AVTEAM, Inc., formerly known as Interstar Trading Corporation, (the
"Company") was incorporated in Florida in 1992. The Company is a value-added
reseller of aftermarket aircraft engines, engine components and airframe
material to other suppliers, aircraft maintenance providers, airlines and
others.
    
 
   
     Prior to July 21, 1994, pursuant to a consignment agreement with Turbine
Engine Sales Group, Inc. ("Turbine"), Turbine disassembled engines purchased by
the Company and warehoused, managed and sold the components in exchange for a
commission equal to 50% of the gross profit on the components sold. On July 21,
1994, the Company's stockholders acquired all of the capital stock of Turbine
and the consignment agreement was terminated.
    
 
   
     On June 12, 1995, the Company entered into a three year surplus parts
supply agreement (the "Supply Agreement") with the Pratt & Whitney division of
United Technologies Corporation ("Pratt & Whitney"). Under the terms of the
Supply Agreement, the Company became the worldwide sole-source supplier to Pratt
& Whitney of components for a specific line of aircraft engines. Also on July
21, 1994, in a purchase transaction, the Company forgave $407,068 due from
Turbine in exchange for substantially all of Turbine's assets consisting of
inventory ($213,907); property and equipment ($166,152); prepaid expenses
($9,177); and deposits and other assets ($17,832), at net book value, which
approximated fair market value. Turbine was subsequently dissolved. Turbine's
results of operations are included in the accompanying statement of operations
beginning July 22, 1994. Pro forma results of operations are not materially
different from reported results.
    
 
2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
INVENTORY
 
   
     Inventory of aircraft engines is stated at the lower of specific cost
(including overhaul costs) or market. Initially, cost of sales of engine
components from disassembled engines are recognized based on margins realized
from recently sold, similar groups of engine components. Once the remaining
components have been fully inspected and their condition is determined, the cost
of subsequent sales of engine components from that engine are determined using
the relationship of costs and anticipated overhaul costs from that engine to
estimated sales. Cost of sales for individual components purchased for resale
are reflected based on the specific identification method.
    
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     Sales are recognized when aircraft engines, engine components and airframe
materials are shipped or a service is performed.
 
   
     The Company enters into consignment arrangements in which it warehouses
items, determines sales prices, arranges for shipment to customers, and collects
accounts receivable. The Company reflects sales under such arrangements in net
sales and the cost of such sales in cost of sales, since the Company bears the
risk of ownership once the items are sold.
    
 
   
WARRANTIES AND PRODUCT RETURNS
    
 
   
     The Company does not provide service warranties in addition to those
provided by overhaul facilities and as a result does not record accruals for
warranties. The Company has established
    
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   56
 
                                  AVTEAM, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
   
programs which, under specific conditions, enable its customers to return
inventory. The effect of these returns is estimated based on a percentage of
sales and historical experience and sales are recorded net of a provision for
estimated returns.
    
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property and equipment (including assets under capital leases) is carried at
cost and is depreciated using accelerated methods over the estimated useful
lives of the assets. The lives used are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                         <C>
    Office furniture and equipment............................................  3-7 years
    Warehouse and transport equipment.........................................  5-7 years
    Leasehold improvements....................................................    5 years
</TABLE>
    
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
     Accounts receivable are primarily from domestic and foreign passenger
airlines, freight and package carriers, charter airlines, aircraft leasing
companies and service providers to such companies. The Company performs ongoing
evaluations of its trade accounts receivable customers, monitors its exposure
for credit losses and sales returns and does not require collateral.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     The Company is organized as an S Corporation under the provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code, which provides that the corporation's taxable income is
taxable to the stockholders rather than at the corporate level.
 
   
PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
    
 
   
     Pro forma stockholders' equity reflects a planned distribution of
approximately $1,800,000 based on undistributed S Corporation earnings allocable
to the period from January 1, 1996 through March 31, 1996.
    
 
   
PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION
    
 
     Pro forma income before income taxes reflects adjustments for the change in
compensation levels arising from the employment agreements with current
stockholders which will become effective as of the completion of the proposed
offering of common stock (see Note 13).
 
PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER SHARE
 
     In conjunction with the closing of the proposed public offering of its
common stock, the Company will terminate its status as an S corporation. Pro
forma net income reflects adjustments for income taxes which would have been
recorded if the Company had not been an S corporation (see Note 11).
 
     Pro forma net income per share is calculated using the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding during the respective periods. Pursuant to
the requirements of the Securities and
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   57
 
                                  AVTEAM, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Exchange Commission, common shares and common equivalent shares issued at prices
below the estimated public offering price during the 12 months immediately
preceding the date of the initial filing of the registration statement have been
included in the calculation of common shares, using the treasury stock method,
as if they were outstanding for all periods presented.
 
   
INTERIM FINANCIAL DATA
    
 
     In the opinion of the management of the Company, the accompanying unaudited
financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting of only normal
recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position of the
Company as of March 31, 1996, and the results of operations for the three months
ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.
 
3.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
   
     On November 8, 1995, the Company entered into a Limited Recourse Receivable
Discount Facility Agreement with a bank (the "Agreement") under which the bank
agreed to purchase certain trade receivables older than 30 days, with a maximum
maturity of 100 days, for the principal amount of the trade receivables less a
discount rate of LIBOR plus  1/4% (5.88% at December 31, 1995). The Agreement
provides that the aggregate principal amount of uncollected purchased
receivables can not exceed $10,000,000 at any one time, provides for the
purchase of a maximum of $60,000,000 of receivables over the term of the
agreement and includes certain recourse provisions related to returned inventory
only. The Agreement expires on November 1, 1996 or earlier upon notice by the
Company.
    
 
     In 1995, the Company sold trade receivables under the Agreement with a
carrying amount of $713,910 for $704,090. During the three month period ended
March 31, 1996, the Company sold trade receivables under the Agreement with a
carrying amount of $3,129,612 for $3,086,577.
 
4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                         --------------------   MARCH 1996
                                                           1994       1995      (UNAUDITED)
                                                         --------   ---------   ----------
    <S>                                                  <C>        <C>         <C>
    Office furniture and equipment.....................  $ 60,720   $ 183,799   $  196,748
    Warehouse and transport equipment..................    82,656     209,200      237,232
    Leasehold improvements.............................    27,405      34,199       37,694
                                                         --------   ---------   ----------
                                                          170,781     427,198      471,674
    Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.....   (28,081)   (128,831)    (163,793)
                                                         --------   ---------   ----------
                                                         $142,700   $ 298,367   $  307,881
                                                         ========   =========    =========
</TABLE>
 
5.  LEASES
 
     On April 1, 1995, the Company entered into a lease agreement for new
warehouse and office space under an operating lease which expires on June 30,
2000. In addition, effective January 1, 1996, the Company signed a lease
agreement for additional warehouse and office space under an operating lease
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   58
 
                                  AVTEAM, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
which expires on December 31, 2000. Future minimum lease payments by year and in
the aggregate under operating leases are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                       <C>
    1996....................................................................  $  414,367
    1997....................................................................     391,827
    1998....................................................................     380,588
    1999....................................................................     395,811
    2000....................................................................     258,636
                                                                              ----------
                                                                              $1,841,229
                                                                              ==========
</TABLE>
 
     Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1994, and 1995 and the three
month period ended March 31,1996 was $35,000, $266,000 and $99,000 respectively.
 
     During 1995, the Company entered into various capital leases for office
furniture, computer equipment, and warehouse and transportation equipment
expiring in various years through 1999. Equipment under capitalized lease
obligations had an original cost of $153,067 and at December 31, 1995
accumulated amortization was $25,894.
 
     Future minimum lease payments by year and in the aggregate under these
capital leases were as follows at December 31, 1995:
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                         <C>
    1996......................................................................  $ 61,450
    1997......................................................................    55,845
    1998......................................................................    31,015
    1999......................................................................     5,960
                                                                                --------
              Total minimum lease payments....................................   154,270
    Less amounts representing interest at 13.5%...............................   (23,225)
                                                                                --------
              Present value of net minimum lease payments under capital leases
               (including current portion of $47,623).........................  $131,045
                                                                                ========
</TABLE>
 
6.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
   
     On September 5, 1995, the Company entered into an agreement (the "Parati
Agreement") with Parati, Inc. ("Parati"), a corporation wholly-owned by the
Chairman of the Board of the Company, which provides that Parati will purchase
up to $10 million of certain aftermarket engines and up to $40 million of new
engines and that the Company will oversee, disassemble and handle all of the
operational and administrative aspects related to such engines. The Parati
Agreement further provides that all proceeds from the sale of engines or
components will be divided equally between Parati and the Company after payment
to Parati of amounts equal to Parati's investment in such engines less overhaul
costs incurred by the Company on behalf of Parati. In 1995 and the three month
period ended March 31, 1996, the Company recorded sales under this agreement of
$223,600 and $725,838 with a net profit of $44,720 and $97,035, respectively. At
December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, accounts payable included $168,800 and
$725,838, respectively, due to Parati. As of March 31, 1996, the cost of the
engines owned by Parati totaled $1,111,578. See Note 13.
    
 
     The Company purchased accounting services totaling $38,000 for each of the
three years ending December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 from a firm that is owned in
part by a stockholder of the Company.
 
     In 1994, the Company paid an outstanding note payable to a non stockholder
related party of $1,000,000. Unpaid interest of $150,000 related to this note
was forgiven in 1993 and is included in the statement of operations as
extraordinary gain on extinguishment of debt due to related party.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   59
 
                                  AVTEAM, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
   
     At December 31, 1994 and 1995 and March 31, 1996, due to stockholders and
affiliates represents the outstanding balance of non-interest bearing advances,
with no fixed or determinable due dates, from the stockholders of $1,000,000,
$1,620,324 and $1,620,324, accrued bonuses payable to officer's (see Note 8) of
$589,830, $1,336,436 and $1,411,670, respectively, and $655,924 due to Parati at
March 31, 1996.
    
 
7.  NOTES PAYABLE
 
     On December 20, 1994, the Company executed a note payable to a bank in the
amount of $350,000, bearing interest at prime plus 1%, which was paid in full in
1995. The note was collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the
Company.
 
   
     On May 12, 1995, the Company executed a revolving line of credit agreement
with a bank. This line of credit was amended on September 29, 1995 to increase
the borrowing base as a result of the supply agreement with Pratt & Whitney and
to continue the term of the agreement until all indebtedness has been paid in
full and the parties terminate the agreement in writing. The available borrowing
base is generally based upon 75% to 85% of eligible accounts receivable
(depending on age of accounts receivable and the Company's net worth) and 25% to
50% of eligible inventory (depending on age of inventory), up to the maximum
borrowing facility of $6,000,000. Principal payments are made upon collection of
accounts receivable, which are primarily due within 30 days, and interest is
payable monthly at prime plus 3/4% (9.5% at December 31, 1995). The loan is
guaranteed by the stockholders and is secured by substantially all of the assets
of the Company. At December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, $2,561,000, and
$1,082,000 was available under this revolving line of credit agreement,
respectively.
    
 
8.  EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
   
     Effective January 1, 1994, the Company entered into employment agreements
with two key employees which were amended on December 31, 1995, as described in
the following paragraph. Under the terms of the original agreements, each
employee received through December 31, 1995 compensation equal to 20% of
Adjusted Net Income, as defined. Additionally, each of these key employees were
granted options to purchase shares equivalent to up to 10% of the Company's
outstanding common shares at a price equal to the Company's book value on the
last day of the month subsequent to the exercise of such options. On January 1,
1995, 33% of the options were exercised in exchange for noninterest bearing
notes receivable from the officers totaling $259,097.
    
 
   
     On December 31, 1995, the employment agreements' terms were amended to (1)
reduce, effective January 1, 1996, the amount of Adjusted Net Income each of
these two officers may receive as compensation from 20% to 5% effective January
1, 1996; (2) to pay an additional, one time, bonus of $1,179,435 to these
officers on December 31, 1995 and (3) to change the exercise price of the
unexercised options to the fair market value of the Company's common stock as of
the exercise date (see Note 13). The employees exercised their remaining options
on December 31, 1995 in return for noninterest bearing notes receivable from the
officers payable on demand at any time after May 31, 1996, totaling $1,360,179.
On the same day, $911,615 of these notes from officers were offset against
amounts due to the officers for the December 31, 1995 bonus, discussed above.
    
 
9.  SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
 
     Pratt & Whitney accounted for 25% and 21% of the Company's sales for the
three month period ended March 31, 1996 and the year ended December 31, 1995,
respectively. Accounts receivable from Pratt & Whitney accounted for 16% and 28%
of total accounts receivable at March 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995,
respectively.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   60
 
                                  AVTEAM, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Dallas Aerospace accounted for 13% and 32% of sales for the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively and 24% and 42% of total accounts
receivable at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
     A third customer accounted for 13% of total sales for the three month
period ended March 31, 1996 and 23% of total accounts receivable at March 31,
1996.
 
10.  CONSIGNMENT SALES
 
     The Company has an agreement with an airline to sell certain consigned
inventory. Net sales include $732,501 and $2,032,002 in 1994 and 1995,
respectively, related to this agreement.
 
11.  PRO FORMA INCOME TAXES
 
     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of
the Company's pro forma deferred tax assets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 are
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                             1994       1995       1996
                                                            -------   --------   ---------
    <S>                                                     <C>       <C>        <C>
    Allowance for doubtful accounts.......................  $19,755   $ 42,898   $  42,898
    Allowance for sales returns...........................   60,876    157,583     118,364
    Depreciation..........................................    2,797      7,117       7,117
    Accrued compensation..................................       --    502,900     502,900
                                                            -------   --------   ---------
                                                            $83,428   $710,498   $ 671,279
                                                            =======   ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
     The unaudited pro forma income tax provision (credit) differs from the
amounts computed by applying the federal statutory rate of 34% to income (loss)
before income taxes as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           
                                                          YEAR ENDED          THREE MONTHS 
                                                         DECEMBER 31,         ENDED MARCH  
                                                             1995               31, 1996   
                                                         ------------         ------------
    <S>                                                  <C>                  <C>
    Tax at federal statutory rate....................        34.00%               34.00%
    State income taxes, net of federal benefit.......         3.63                 3.63
    Permanent differences............................          .13                  .09
                                                         ------------         ------------
                                                             37.76%               37.72%
                                                         =============        ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
     Immediately prior to the Company's anticipated initial public offering of
its common stock, the Company plans to declare a cash distribution to the
stockholders. The distribution, which will be paid within seven months of
declaration, will be determined based on the Company's accumulated adjustment
account, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, calculated through the date of
termination of the Company's S corporation status.
 
12.  ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The carrying value of cash, accounts receivable and short-term borrowings
in the accompanying financial statements approximate their fair value because of
the short-term maturity of these instruments, and in the case of notes payable
because such instruments bear variable interest rates which approximate market.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   61
 
                                  AVTEAM, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
13.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
   
     On March 21, 1996, the Company amended and restated its Articles of
Incorporation pursuant to which each $1 par value outstanding share of common
stock was converted to 4,000 shares of common stock at a per share par value of
$.01. In addition, the Company authorized 20,000,000 shares of $.01 per share
par value preferred stock and increased the number of authorized common stock to
80,000,000 shares. All references in the financial statements to number of
shares, per share amounts and market prices, of the Company's common stock have
been retroactively restated to reflect the effect of the stock conversion and
the newly authorized preferred and common stock.
    
 
   
     On April 12, 1996, the employment agreements described in Note 8 were
further amended to provide that the two key employees will receive annual base
salaries of $260,000 and $220,000, respectively, plus annual bonuses of up to
100% of their base salaries, for an initial term of three years, which will
become effective upon the completion of the Company's proposed offering of
common stock.
    
 
   
     On April 12, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement with Parati
providing for the Company's purchase of all components of the engines owned by
Parati which remain unsold upon the effectiveness of a public offering, at
Parati's cost payable in cash 30 days after the effective date of the offering,
and for the termination of the Parati Agreement at such time.
    
 
     On April 12, 1996, the Company adopted the 1996 Stock Option Plan (the
"Option Plan") which allows a maximum of 600,000 shares of the Company's Common
Stock to be available to provide incentives to employees, officers and
consultants of the Company. The exercise price of incentive stock options and
non-statutory stock options are to be determined by the Compensation Committee
of the Board of Directors but will be at least 100% and 85% of the fair market
value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, respectively (or
110% with respect to incentive stock options granted to holders of more than 10%
of the voting power of the Company's outstanding stock). As of April 12, 1996,
no options have been issued under the Option Plan.
 
   
14.  GEOGRAPHIC AREA INFORMATION
    
 
   
     The Company had export sales for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the
three month period ended March 31, 1996 of approximately $2,422,000 and
$114,000, respectively, primarily to customers in Latin America.
    
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   62
 
   
               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
    
 
   
Board of Directors and Stockholders
    
   
AVTEAM, Inc.
    
 
   
     We have audited the accompanying statements of operations and cash flows of
Turbine Engine Sales Group, Inc. ("Turbine") for the year ended December 31,
1993 and the period from January 1, 1994 through July 21, 1994. These financial
statements are the responsibility of Turbine's management. Our responsibility is
to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
    
 
   
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
    
 
   
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the result of operations and cash flows of Turbine
Engine Sales Group, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1993 and the period
from January 1, 1994 through July 21, 1994, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
    
 
   
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
    
 
   
Miami, Florida
    
   
January 30, 1996
    
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   63
 
   
                        TURBINE ENGINE SALES GROUP, INC.
    
 
   
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                      JANUARY 1,
                                                                       YEAR ENDED    1994 THROUGH
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,     JULY 21,
                                                                          1993           1994
                                                                      ------------   ------------
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>
Net sales...........................................................   $2,147,332      $845,966
Cost of sales.......................................................    2,417,510       574,428
                                                                      ------------   ------------
                                                                         (270,178)      271,538
Commission revenues.................................................      558,887       479,738
                                                                      ------------   ------------
                                                                          288,709       751,276
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general, and administrative..............................      933,087       664,575
  Officers' compensation............................................      134,800        84,000
                                                                      ------------   ------------
                                                                        1,067,887       748,575
                                                                      ------------   ------------
Income (loss) from operations.......................................     (779,178)        2,701
Interest expense, net...............................................      (63,579)      (29,001)
                                                                      ------------   ------------
Net loss............................................................   $ (842,757)     $(26,300)
                                                                       ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                            See accompanying notes.
    
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   64
 
   
                        TURBINE ENGINE SALES GROUP, INC.
    
 
   
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                      JANUARY 1,
                                                                       YEAR ENDED    1994 THROUGH
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,     JULY 21,
                                                                          1993           1994
                                                                      ------------   ------------
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss............................................................   $ (842,757)    $  (26,300)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.....................................       39,642         22,545
  Bad debt expense (recovery).......................................       26,904         (1,222)
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
     Trade accounts receivable......................................      197,282       (489,210)
     Inventory......................................................      151,445        204,607
     Prepaid expenses...............................................       32,234          7,565
     Accounts payable...............................................      570,509        311,462
     Accrued expenses...............................................       13,156          1,950
                                                                      ------------   ------------
Net cash provided by operating activities...........................      188,415         31,397
INVESTING ACTIVITY
Purchases of property and equipment.................................      (21,629)       (18,391)
                                                                      ------------   ------------
Net cash used in investing activity.................................      (21,629)       (18,391)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Payments on note payable to stockholders............................      (20,000)       (49,081)
Payments on notes payable...........................................           --       (119,000)
                                                                      ------------   ------------
Net cash used in financing activities...............................      (20,000)      (168,081)
Net (decrease) increase in cash.....................................      146,786       (155,075)
Cash at beginning of period.........................................       35,913        182,699
                                                                      ------------   ------------
Cash at end of period...............................................   $  182,699     $   27,624
                                                                       ==========     ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES
Interest paid.......................................................   $    3,015     $   31,920
                                                                       ==========     ==========
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                            See accompanying notes.
    
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   65
 
   
                        TURBINE ENGINE SALES GROUP, INC.
    
 
   
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
   
                                 JULY 21, 1994
    
 
   
1.  BUSINESS
    
 
   
     Turbine Engine Sales Group, Inc. ("Turbine" or the "Company") was
incorporated in Florida in 1992 and dissolved prior to 1995. Turbine was an
after market supplier of aircraft engines, engine components and aircraft
material to aircraft maintenance providers, manufacturers and airlines.
    
 
   
     On May 4, 1992, Turbine entered into a consignment agreement (the
"Consignment Agreement") with an unrelated company, AVTEAM, Inc., formerly known
as Interstar Trading Corporation, ("AVTEAM"). Under the terms of the agreement,
AVTEAM would purchase aircraft engines and deliver them to Turbine on a
consignment basis and Turbine would disassemble the aircraft engines and sell
the components. Profits were divided 50% to AVTEAM and 50% to Turbine after
repayment to AVTEAM of its total investment.
    
 
   
     On July 21, 1994, the two stockholders of AVTEAM purchased all of the
outstanding common stock of Turbine and Turbine transferred all assets and
liabilities to AVTEAM as repayment of amounts due.
    
 
   
2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    
 
   
INVENTORY
    
 
   
     Inventory of aircraft engines is stated at the lower of specific cost
(including overhaul costs) or market. Cost of sales for engine components and
aircraft materials are determined based on a ratio of expected sales per engine
to the purchase cost of the used engines plus overhaul costs.
    
 
   
REVENUE RECOGNITION
    
 
   
     Sales are recognized when aircraft engines, engine components and aircraft
materials are shipped or a service is performed.
    
 
   
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    
 
   
     Property and equipment is carried at cost and is depreciated using
accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The lives
used are as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                         <C>
    Office furniture and equipment............................................  5-7 years
    Warehouse and transport equipment.........................................  5-7 years
    Leasehold improvements....................................................    5 years
</TABLE>
    
 
   
INCOME TAXES
    
 
   
     The Company is organized as an S Corporation under the provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code, which provides that the corporation's taxable income is
taxable to the stockholders rather than at the corporate level. Had the Company
been subject to income taxes during the periods presented, no income tax benefit
for the losses incurred would have been reported in any of these periods since
realization of the related deferred tax asset would not have been reasonably
assured. Accordingly, a pro forma provision for income taxes has not been
presented for the periods presented.
    
 
   
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
    
 
   
     Accounts receivable are primarily from aircraft maintenance providers,
manufacturers and airlines. The Company performs ongoing evaluations of its
trade accounts receivable customers and monitors its exposure for credit losses
and sales returns and does not require collateral.
    
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   66
 
   
                        TURBINE ENGINE SALES GROUP, INC.
    
 
   
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
3.  LEASES
    
 
   
     In April 1993, the Company entered into a lease agreement for warehouse and
office space under an operating lease which expires in April 1997. Rent expense
for the year ended December 31, 1993 and the period ended July 21, 1994 was
$91,843 and $46,803, respectively.
    
 
   
4.  NOTES PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTIES
    
 
   
     Interest expense of $63,579 and $31,587 for the year ended December 31,
1993 and the period ended July 21, 1994, respectively, represents interest on
notes due to stockholders bearing interest at 10% per annum payable
semi-annually.
    
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   67
 
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
 
  NO DEALER, SALESPERSON, OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER CONTAINED HEREIN, AND IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, SHARES OF
COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS NOT LAWFUL TO MAKE
ANY SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN SUCH JURISDICTION OR IN WHICH THE PERSON
MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE
AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED
HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        PAGE
<S>                                     <C>
Prospectus Summary....................    3
Risk Factors..........................    7
Prior S Corporation Status and Planned
  Distributions.......................   13
Use of Proceeds.......................   14
Dividend Policy.......................   14
Capitalization........................   15
Dilution..............................   16
Selected Financial Data...............   17
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.......................   18
Industry Overview.....................   24
Business..............................   26
Management............................   35
Certain Transactions..................   39
Principal and Selling Stockholders....   41
Description of Capital Stock..........   42
Shares Eligible For Future Sale.......   44
Underwriting..........................   45
Legal Matters.........................   46
Experts...............................   46
Additional Information................   46
Index to Financial Statements.........  F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                             ---------------------
  UNTIL             , 1996, (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
                                [AVTEAM LOGO]
                             ---------------------
 
                                3,450,000 SHARES
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                                            , 1996
 
                             ---------------------
                            DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
 
                               ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                                  INCORPORATED
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   68
 
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
     The following table sets forth an itemized statement of certain estimated
expenses incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the
securities being registered, other than underwriting discounts and commissions:
 
   
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                       <C>
    Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.....................  $   20,522
    NASD filing fee.........................................................       6,452
    Nasdaq National Market listing fee......................................      34,500
    Blue Sky fees and expenses..............................................      15,000
    Printing and engraving expenses.........................................     100,000
    Legal fees and expenses.................................................     450,000
    Accounting fees and expenses............................................     220,000
    Registrar and Transfer Agent's fees and expenses........................       3,500
    Miscellaneous...........................................................     200,026
                                                                              ----------
              Total.........................................................  $1,050,000
                                                                              ==========
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     All amounts except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee,
the NASD filing fee and NASDAQ National Market listing fee are estimated. The
Company intends to pay all expenses of registration with respect to shares being
sold by the Selling Stockholders hereunder, with the exception of underwriting
discounts and commissions.
    
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
     The Company has authority under the Florida General Corporation Act to
indemnify all directors and officers to the extent provided in such statute. The
Company's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provide that the
Company shall indemnify its directors to the fullest extent permitted by law
either now or hereafter. The Company has also entered into an agreement with
each of its directors and certain of its officers wherein it has agreed to
indemnify each of them to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
     At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a
director or officer of the Company as to which indemnification is being sought,
nor is the Company aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims
for indemnification by any officer or director.
 
   
     Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.01 to this
Registration Statement, the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify the directors,
officers and controlling persons of the Company against certain civil
liabilities that may be incurred in connection with this offering, including
certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act").
    
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
     On January 1, 1995, pursuant to the terms of certain stock options granted
by the Company, certain executive officers of the Company acquired an aggregate
of 71.35 shares of the then outstanding class of common stock, par value $1.00
per share, for an aggregate as evidenced by certain promissory notes each in the
amount of $259,097. Such securities were issued pursuant to exemptions set forth
in Section 3(b) of the Securities Act.
 
   
     On December 31, 1995, pursuant to the terms of certain stock options
granted by the Company, certain executive officers of the Company acquired an
aggregate of 178.65 shares of the then outstanding class of common stock, par
value $1.00 per share, as evidenced by certain promissory notes in the aggregate
amount of $1,120,245. Such securities were issued pursuant to exemptions set
forth in Section 3(b) of the Securities Act.
    
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>   69
 
     In March 1996, the Company amended and restated its Articles of
Incorporation, pursuant to which each share of the then outstanding class of
common stock, par value $1.00 per share, was converted into 4,000 shares of the
currently outstanding class of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share. The
Company issued an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock to the
stockholders of the Company for no additional consideration in connection with
such share conversion.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
     (a) Exhibits:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                                          EXHIBIT
- -------       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>      <C>  <S>
  1.01    --  Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.01    --  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Registrant*
  3.02    --  Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant*
  4.01    --  Specimen Certificate for the Common Stock*
  5.01    --  Opinion of Baker & McKenzie
 10.01    --  Loan Agreement dated September 29, 1995 between Registrant and Barnett Bank
              of South Florida, N.A.*
 10.02    --  Surplus Parts Supply Agreement dated June 12, 1995 between Registrant and
              United Technologies Corporation*
 10.03    --  Letter Agreement dated September 5, 1995 between Registrant and Parati
              Corporation*
 10.04    --  Letter Agreement Amendment dated April 12, 1996 between Registrant and
              Parati Corporation*
 10.05    --  Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 1994 between Registrant,
              Turbine Engine Technology Corporation and Donald A. Graw*
 10.06    --  Amendment No. 1 to the Employment Agreement effective as of December 31,
              1995 between Registrant and Donald A. Graw*
 10.07    --  Amendment No. 2 to the Employment Agreement effective as of April 12, 1996
              between Registrant and Donald A. Graw*
 10.08    --  Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 1994 between Registrant,
              Turbine Engine Technology Corporation and Jaime J. Levy*
 10.09    --  Amendment No. 1 to the Employment Agreement effective as of December 31,
              1995 between Registrant and Jaime J. Levy*
 10.10    --  Amendment No. 2 to the Employment Agreement effective as of April 12, 1996
              between Registrant and Jaime J. Levy*
 10.11    --  Form of S Corporation Tax Allocation and Indemnification Agreement dated
              April 12, 1996 between Registrant and each of the current stockholders.*
 10.12    --  Lease Agreement dated December 28, 1994 between Registrant and Sunbeam
              Properties, Inc.*
 10.13    --  Lease Agreement dated November 13, 1995 between Registrant and Sunbeam
              Properties, Inc.*
 10.14    --  Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and officer and
              directors of Registrant*
 10.15    --  Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated June 13, 1996, between
              Registrant and Barnett State of South Florida, N.A.
 23.01    --  Consent of Baker & McKenzie (included in Exhibit 5.01)
 23.02    --  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
   
 * Previously filed.
    
 
   
     (b) Financial Statement Schedules:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  SCHEDULE
   NUMBER                                        SCHEDULE
- ------------      ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>  <C>
Schedule II   --  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the Years Ended December 31,
                    1993, 1994 and 1995
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>   70
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
          (1) That for purposes of determining any liability under the
     Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed
     as part of the registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
     contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule
     424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be
     part of the registration statement as of the time it was declared
     effective.
 
          (2) That for the purposes of determining any liability under the
     Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
     prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
     the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
     time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
          (3) To provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the
     Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in
     such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to
     each purchaser.
 
          (4) That insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
     Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
     Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14 hereof, or
     otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
     Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public
     policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the
     event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
     the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
     officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense
     of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
     controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the
     Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
     settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
     jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against
     public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
     adjudication of such issue.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>   71
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), the Registrant has caused this Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the City of Miami, Florida, on the 13th day of June, 1996.
    
 
                                          AVTEAM, INC.
 
                                          By:      /s/  DONALD A. GRAW
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                      Donald A. Graw,
                                               President and Chief Executive
                                                           Officer
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment No. 1 to
the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    NAME                                    TITLE                     DATE
<C>                                            <S>                               <C>
             /s/  LEON SRAGOWICZ*              Chairman of the Board, Director   June 13, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
               Leon Sragowicz

             /s/  DONALD A. GRAW*              President, Chief Executive        June 13, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------    Officer, Director (Principal
               Donald A. Graw                    Executive Officer)

            /s/  MARK S. KOONDEL*              Chief Financial Officer,          June 13, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------    Treasurer (Principal Financial
               Mark S. Koondel                   and Accounting Officer)

             /s/  JAIME J. LEVY*               Executive Vice President,         June 13, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------    Director
                Jaime J. Levy

         /s/  BRYAN THOMAS MCFARLAND*          Vice President -- Technical       June 13, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------    Operations
           Bryan Thomas McFarland

            /s/  RICHARD PRESTON*              Secretary, Director               June 13, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
               Richard Preston

              /s/  ROBERT MUNSON*              Director                          June 13, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
                Robert Munson

        *By:       Donald A. Graw
- ---------------------------------------------
        Donald A. Graw, Attorney-in-Fact.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 1.01


                                  AVTEAM, INC.


                                  COMMON STOCK
                                ($.01 PAR VALUE)


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT


                        __________________________, 1996
<PAGE>   2

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT



                                                            ______________, 1996


Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.
535 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022

Alex. Brown & Sons
  Incorporated
135 East Baltimore Street
Baltimore, Maryland 21202

  as Managing Underwriters


Dear Sirs:

         AVTEAM, Inc., a Florida corporation (the "Company"), proposes to issue
and sell, and the persons named in Schedule B (the "Selling Stockholders")
propose to sell, to the underwriters named in Schedule A (the "Underwriters")
an aggregate of __________ shares (the "Firm Shares") of Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Company, of which __________
shares are to be sold by the Selling Stockholders in the amount set forth
opposite their respective names in Schedule B.  In addition, solely for the
purpose of covering overallotments, the Company proposes to issue and sell, and
Leon Sragowicz, the Chairman of the Board and principal stockholder of the
Company (the "Chairman") proposes to sell, at the Underwriters' option, an
aggregate of up to __________ and ________ additional shares, respectively, of
the Common Stock (the "Additional Shares").  The Additional Shares and the Firm
Shares are collectively referred to as the "Shares".  The Shares are described
in the Prospectus which is referred to below.

         The Company has filed, in accordance with the provisions of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder
(collectively, the "Act"), with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1, including a prospectus,
relating to the Shares.  The Company has furnished to you, for use by the
Underwriters and by dealers, copies of one or more preliminary prospectuses
(collectively, the "Preliminary Prospectus") relating to the Shares.  Except
where the context otherwise requires, the registration statement as in effect
at the time of execution of this Agreement or, if the registration statement is
not yet effective, as amended when it becomes effective, including all
documents filed as a part thereof, and including any information contained in a
prospectus subsequently filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under
the Act and deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of
effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act, is herein called the
"Registration Statement", and the prospectus in the form filed by the Company
with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act or, if no such filing
is
<PAGE>   3

required, in the form of final prospectus included in the Registration
Statement at the time it became effective, is herein called the "Prospectus".

         The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree as
follows:

         1.      Sale and Purchase.  On the basis of the representations and
warranties and the other terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and
the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, agree to sell to the
respective Underwriters and each of the Underwriters, severally and not
jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company and each Selling Stockholder the
respective number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustment as you may
determine to avoid fractional shares) which bears the same proportion to the
number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Company or by that Selling Stockholder,
as the case may be, as the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of
such Underwriter on Schedule A bears to the total number of Firm Shares to be
sold by the Company and each Selling Stockholder, in each case at a purchase
price of $_____ per Share.  You may release the Firm Shares for public sale
promptly after this Agreement becomes effective.  You may from time to time
increase or decrease the public offering price after the initial public
offering to such extent as you may determine.

         In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties and
the other terms and conditions herein set forth, each of the Company and the
Chairman hereby grants to the several Underwriters an option to purchase, and
the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly,
from the Company and the Chairman up to ___________ and __________ Additional
Shares, respectively, as may be necessary to cover overallotments made in
connection with the offering of the Firm Shares, at the same purchase price per
share to be paid by the several Underwriters to the Company and the Selling
Stockholders for the Firm Shares.  This option may be exercised at any time
(but not more than once) on or before the thirtieth day following the date
hereof, by written notice from Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. to the Company and the
Chairman.  Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Additional
Shares as to which the option is being exercised, and the date and time when
the Additional Shares are to be delivered (such date and time being herein
referred to as the "additional time of purchase"); provided, however, that the
additional time of purchase shall not be earlier than the "time of purchase"
(as defined below) nor earlier than the second business day(*) after the date on
which such option shall have been exercised nor later than the eighth business
day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised.  In the event
that the Underwriters elect to purchase less than all of the Additional Shares,
then the number of Additional Shares to be sold by the Company and the Chairman
upon exercise of this option shall be in the proportion that the total number
of Additional Shares which may be sold by the Company bears to the total number
of Additional Shares which may be sold by the Chairman.  The number of
Additional Shares to be sold to each Underwriter shall be the number which
bears the same proportion to the aggregate number of Additional Shares being
purchased as the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such
Underwriter on Schedule A bears to the total number of Firm





__________________________________

(*)   As used herein, "business day" shall mean a day on which the New York
      Stock Exchange is open for trading.


                                       2
<PAGE>   4
Shares (subject, in each case, to such adjustment as you may determine to
eliminate fractional shares).

         2.      Payment and Delivery.  Payment of the purchase price for the
Firm Shares shall be made to the Company and to the Selling Stockholders by
certified or official bank checks, in New York Clearing House funds, at the
office of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. in New York City, against delivery of the
certificates for the Firm Shares to you for the respective accounts of the
Underwriters.  Such payment and delivery shall be made at 9:30 A.M., New York
City time, on ________________, 199__ (unless another time shall be agreed to
by you, the Company and the Selling Stockholders or unless postponed in
accordance with the provisions of Section 10).  The time at which such payment
and delivery are actually made is called the "time of purchase".  Certificates
for the Firm Shares shall be delivered to you in definitive form in such names
and in such denominations as you shall specify on the second business day
preceding the time of purchase.  For the purpose of expediting the checking of
the certificates for the Firm Shares by you, the Company and the Selling
Stockholders agree to make such certificates available to you for such purpose
at least one full business day preceding the time of purchase.

         Payment of the purchase price for the Additional Shares shall be made
at the additional time of purchase in the same manner and at the same office as
the payment for the Firm Shares.  Certificates for the Additional Shares shall
be delivered to you in definitive form in such names and in such denominations
as you shall specify on the second business day preceding the additional time
of purchase.  For the purpose of expediting the checking of the certificates
for the Additional Shares by you, the Company and the Chairman agree to make
such certificates available to you for such purpose at least one full business
day preceding the additional time of purchase.

         3.      Representations and Warranties of the Company and the
Chairman.  The Company and the Chairman, jointly and severally, represent and
warrant to each of the Underwriters that:

                 (a)      Each Preliminary Prospectus filed as part of the
         Registration Statement as originally circulated or as part of any
         amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Act,
         complied when so filed in all material respects with the Act; when the
         Registration Statement becomes or became effective and at all times
         subsequent thereto up to the time of purchase and the additional time
         of purchase, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any
         supplements or amendments thereto, complied and will comply in all
         material respects with the provisions of the Act; and the Registration
         Statement at all such times did not and will not contain an untrue
         statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required
         to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in
         light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,
         and the Prospectus at all such times did not and will not contain an
         untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
         required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
         therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
         misleading; provided, however, that the Company and the Chairman make
         no representation or warranty with respect to any statement contained
         in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in reliance upon and
         in conformity with information concerning the Underwriters and
         furnished in writing by or on behalf of any





                                       3
<PAGE>   5

         Underwriter through you to the Company expressly for use in the
         Registration Statement or the Prospectus and set forth in the section
         of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus entitled
         "Underwriting;" and provided, further, that the Company expressly
         acknowledges that the information contained in all portions of the
         Registration Statement and the Prospectus other than said
         "Underwriting" section and the cover page of Prospectus have been
         supplied solely by, and under the exclusive direction of, the Company.

                 (b)      As of March 31, 1996, the Company had an authorized
         capitalization as set forth under the column entitled March 31, 1996
         Actual" in the section of the Registration Statement and the
         Prospectus entitled "Capitalization" and, as of the time of purchase,
         the number of authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital
         stock of the Company will be as set forth under the column entitled
         "March 31, 1996 Pro Forma As Adjusted" in the section of the
         Registration Statement and the Prospectus entitled "Capitalization";
         all of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
         Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully
         paid and nonassessable; the Company has authorized 20,000,000 shares
         of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, none of which have been
         issued or are outstanding; the Company has been duly incorporated and
         is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws
         of the State of Florida with full power and authority to (i) own its
         properties and conduct its business as described in the Registration
         Statement and the Prospectus and (ii) execute and deliver this
         Agreement and to issue, sell and deliver the Shares as herein
         contemplated.

                 (c)      The Company has no subsidiaries.

                 (d)      The Company is duly qualified or licensed by and is
         in good standing in each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases
         property or conducts its business and in each other jurisdiction in
         which the failure, individually or in the aggregate, to be so
         qualified or licensed would have a material adverse effect on the
         properties, assets, operations, business, business prospects or
         condition (financial or other) of the Company taken as a whole (a
         "Material Adverse Effect"); the Company is in compliance in all
         material respects with the laws, orders, rules, regulations and
         directives issued or administered by each such jurisdiction in which
         the failure to be in compliance would have a Material Adverse Effect.

                 (e)      The Company is not in breach of, or in default under
         (nor has any event occurred which with notice, lapse of time or both
         would constitute a breach of, or default under), its Articles of
         Incorporation or bylaws, or in the performance or observance of any
         obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any license,
         indenture, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit
         agreement, material supply agreement or other agreement or instrument
         to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, except for a
         breach or default which would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and
         the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the
         issuance of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions
         contemplated hereby will not conflict with, or result in any breach of
         or constitute a default under (nor constitute any event





                                       4
<PAGE>   6

         which with notice, lapse of time or both would constitute a breach of,
         or default under), any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or
         bylaws of the Company or under any provision of any license,
         indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement,
         material supply agreement or other agreement or instrument to which
         the Company is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound
         or affected, or under any federal, state, local or foreign law,
         regulation or rule or any decree, judgment or order applicable to the
         Company the effect of which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

                 (f)      The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares, when
         issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters as
         contemplated hereby, will be duly authorized, as applicable, and
         validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of any
         pledge, lien, encumbrance, security interest, preemptive right or
         other claim.

                 (g)      This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
         delivered by the Company.

                 (h)      The capital stock of the Company, including the
         Shares, conforms in all material respects to the description thereof
         contained in the Prospectus; and the certificates for the Shares are
         in due and proper form and the holders of the Shares after making
         payment therefor will not be subject to personal liability by reason
         of being such holders.

                 (i)      No approval, authorization, consent or order of or
         filing with any federal, state, local or foreign governmental or
         regulatory commission, board, body, authority or agency is required in
         connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares as contemplated
         hereby, other than registration of the Shares under the Act, clearance
         of the offering of the Shares with the National Association of
         Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") and any necessary qualification
         under the securities or blue sky laws of the various jurisdictions in
         which the Shares are being offered by the Underwriters.

                 (j)      No person has the right, contractual or otherwise, to
         cause the Company to issue to it, or register pursuant to the Act, any
         securities of the Company in consequence of the issue and sale of the
         Shares to the Underwriters hereunder, nor does any person have
         preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase
         any of the Shares.

                 (k)      Ernst & Young LLP, whose reports on the financial
         statements of the Company are included in the Registration Statement
         and the Prospectus, are independent public accountants with respect to
         the Company as required by the Act and the applicable published rules
         and regulations thereunder.

                 (l)      The Company has all necessary licenses,
         authorizations, consents and approvals and has made all necessary
         filings required under any federal, state, local or foreign law,
         regulation or rule, and has obtained all necessary authorizations,
         consents, licenses and approvals from other persons, in order to
         conduct its business, except where





                                       5
<PAGE>   7

         the absence thereof would not have a Material Adverse Effect; the
         Company is not in violation of, or in default under, any such license,
         authorization, consent or approval or any federal, state, local or
         foreign law, regulation or rule or any decree, order or judgment
         applicable to the Company the result of which would have a Material
         Adverse Effect.

                 (m)      All legal or governmental proceedings, contracts or
         documents of a character required to be described in the Registration
         Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the
         Registration Statement have been so described or filed as required.

                 (n)      There is no action, suit or proceeding pending or
         threatened against the Company or any of its properties, at law or in
         equity, or before or by any federal, state, local or foreign
         governmental or regulatory commission, board, body, authority or
         agency that could result in a judgment, decree or order having a
         Material Adverse Effect.

                 (o)      The audited and unaudited financial statements
         included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus present
         fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Company
         as of the dates indicated and the results of operations and cash flows
         of the Company for the periods specified; such financial statements
         have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting
         principles applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved.

                 (p)      Subsequent to the respective dates as of which
         information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus,
         and except as may be otherwise stated in the Registration Statement or
         the Prospectus, there has not been (A) any material adverse change in
         the properties, assets, operations, business, business prospects or
         condition (financial or other), present or prospective, of the
         Company, (B) any transaction outside the ordinary course of the
         Company's business that is material to the Company, contemplated or
         entered into by the Company or (C) any obligation, contingent or
         otherwise, directly or indirectly incurred by the Company that is
         material to the Company.

                 (q)      The Company has obtained the agreement of the Selling
         Stockholders listed on Schedule B and all of the stockholders listed
         in Schedule C not to sell, contract to sell, grant any option to sell,
         transfer or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares
         of Common Stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for
         Common Stock or warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock for
         a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, other than: (i)
         sales of their shares to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement,
         (ii) as a gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees thereof
         agrees in writing as a condition precedent to such gift or gifts to be
         bound by the foregoing restrictions, or (iii) by transfer to their
         affiliates, as such term is defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the
         Act, provided that such transferee agrees in writing as a condition
         precedent to such transfer to be bound by the foregoing restriction.





                                       6
<PAGE>   8

                 (r)      The business, operations and facilities of the
         Company have been and are being conducted in compliance with all
         applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, licenses, permits,
         approvals, plans, authorizations or requirements relating to
         occupational safety and health, or pollution, or protection of health
         or the environment, or reclamation (including without limitation those
         relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of
         pollutants, contaminants or hazardous or toxic substances, materials
         or wastes into ambient air, surface water, groundwater or land, or
         relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment,
         storage, disposal, transport or handling of chemical substances,
         pollutants, contaminants or hazardous or toxic substances, materials
         or wastes, whether solid, gaseous or liquid in nature) or otherwise
         relating to remediating real property in which the Company has any
         interest, whether owned or leased, of any governmental department,
         commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality of the United
         States, any state or political subdivision thereof or any foreign
         jurisdiction and all applicable judicial or administrative agency or
         regulatory decrees, awards, judgments and orders relating thereto
         where the failure to so conduct its business, operations and
         facilities would have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company has
         not received any notice from a governmental instrumentality or any
         third party alleging any violation thereof or liability thereunder
         (including without limitation liability for costs of investigating or
         remediating sites containing hazardous substances or damages to
         natural resources).

                 (s)      Neither the Company, nor any employee of the Company,
         has made any payment of funds of the Company prohibited by law, and no
         funds of the Company have been set aside to be used for any payment
         prohibited by law.

                 (t)      The Company has filed all federal or state income or
         franchise tax returns required to be filed and have paid all taxes
         shown thereon as due, and there is no material tax deficiency which
         has been or might be asserted against the Company; all material tax
         liabilities are adequately provided for on the books of the Company.

                 (u)      The Company has not incurred any liability for any
         finder's fees or similar payments in connection with the transactions
         herein contemplated.

                 (v)      The Company has good title to all properties and
         assets described in the Prospectus as owned by it, in each case free
         and clear of all liens, security interests, pledges, charges,
         encumbrances, mortgages and defects (except such as are described or
         referred to in the Prospectus and the financial statements and the
         notes thereto contained therein or such as do not interfere with the
         use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company).
         The Company holds all real and personal property described in the
         Prospectus as being leased by it under valid and enforceable leases
         with no exceptions that are material or could materially interfere
         with the use thereof made or contemplated to be made by the Company.

                 (w)      The Company is not an "investment company" within the
         meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, nor is it
         subject to regulation under such Act.





                                       7
<PAGE>   9

         4.      Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholders.
Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, represents and
warrants to each Underwriter that:

                 (a)      Such Selling Stockholder is and at the time of
         delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder will be
         the lawful owner of the number of Shares to be sold by such Selling
         Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement and, at the time of delivery
         thereof, will have valid and marketable title to such Shares, and upon
         delivery of and payment for such Shares the Underwriters will acquire
         valid and marketable title to such Shares free and clear of any claim,
         lien, encumbrance, security interest, community property right,
         restriction on transfer or other defect in title (other than those
         imposed by the Act and the securities laws of certain jurisdictions),
         assuming each of the Underwriters has purchased the Shares purchased
         by it in good faith and without notice of any adverse claim.

                 (b)      Such Selling Stockholder has and at the time of
         delivery of such Shares will have full legal right, power and
         capacity, and any approval required by law to sell, assign, transfer
         and deliver such Shares in the manner provided in this Agreement,
         except for approvals required in connection with the registration of
         the Shares under the Act, clearance of the offering of the Shares with
         the NASD and any necessary qualification under the securities or blue
         sky laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Shares are being
         offered by the Underwriters.

                 (c)      This Agreement has been duly authorized, as
         applicable, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder.  The
         Custody Agreement among the Selling Stockholders and American Stock
         Transfer & Trust Company (the "Custody Agreement") has been duly
         executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and this Agreement
         and the Custody Agreement are the legal, valid and binding agreements
         of such Selling Stockholder in accordance with their respective terms,
         except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
         insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting
         creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity.

                 (d)      The sale of the Shares by such Selling Stockholder
         pursuant hereto is not prompted by any material adverse information
         concerning the Company which is not set forth in the Prospectus; and
         all information furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling
         Stockholder specifically for use in the Registration Statement and the
         Prospectus, and any supplement or amendment thereto, is and will be
         when the Registration Statement became effective and at all times
         subsequent thereto up to the time of purchase and, with respect to the
         Chairman, the additional time of purchase, if any, true and correct
         and complete and at all such times did not and will not contain any
         untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact
         required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
         therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
         misleading.

                 (e)      The consummation of the transactions contemplated
         hereby and by the Custody Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms
         hereof and thereof will not constitute a breach or violation of or
         default under any trust, indenture, agreement or other





                                       8
<PAGE>   10

         instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which
         such Selling Stockholder is bound.

         5.      Certain Covenants of the Company.  The Company hereby agrees:

                 (a)      to furnish such information as may be required and
         otherwise to cooperate in qualifying the Shares for offering and sale
         under the securities or blue sky laws of such states as you may
         designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect as long as
         required for the distribution of the Shares, provided that the Company
         shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to
         consent to the service of process under the laws of any such state
         (except service of process with respect to the offering and sale of
         the Shares); promptly to advise you of the receipt by the Company of
         any written notification with respect to the suspension of the
         qualification of the Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the
         initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and to
         use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order of
         suspension at the earliest practicable moment;

                 (b)      to make available to you in New York City, as soon as
         practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective, and
         thereafter from time to time to furnish to the Underwriters, as many
         copies of the Prospectus (or of the Prospectus as amended or
         supplemented if the Company shall have made any amendment or
         supplement thereto after the effective date of the Registration
         Statement) as the Underwriters may request for the purposes
         contemplated by the Act;

                 (c)      to advise you promptly and (if requested by you) to
         confirm such advice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement
         has become effective and when any post-effective amendment thereto
         becomes effective and (ii) if Rule 430A of the Act is used, when the
         Prospectus is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under
         the Act, if required under the Act (which the Company agrees to file
         in a timely manner under such Rule);

                 (d)      to advise you promptly, confirming such advice in
         writing, of any request by the Commission for amendments or
         supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for
         additional information with respect thereto, or of notice of
         institution of proceedings for or the entry of a stop order suspending
         the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and, if the Commission
         should enter a stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
         Registration Statement, to use its best efforts to obtain the lifting
         or removal of such order as soon as possible; to advise you promptly
         of any proposal to amend or supplement the Registration Statement or
         the Prospectus and to file no such amendment or supplement to which
         you shall object in writing;

                 (e)      to furnish to you and, upon request to each of the
         other Underwriters, for a period of five years from the date of this
         Agreement (i) copies of all reports or other communications that the
         Company shall send to its shareholders or from time to time shall
         publish or publicly disseminate and (ii) copies of all annual,
         quarterly and current reports filed with the Commission on Forms 10-K,
         10-Q and 8-K, or such other similar





                                       9
<PAGE>   11

         form as may be designated by the Commission, and any other document
         filed by the Company pursuant to Section 12, 13, 14 or 15(d) of the
         Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act");

                 (f)      to advise the Underwriters promptly of the happening
         of any event known to the Company within the time during which a
         Prospectus relating to the Shares is required to be delivered under
         the Act that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, would require
         the making of any change in the Prospectus then being used, so that
         the Prospectus, as then supplemented, would not include an untrue
         statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
         necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
         circumstances under which they are made, not misleading and, during
         such time, promptly to prepare and furnish, at the Company's expense,
         to the Underwriters such amendments or supplements to such Prospectus
         as may be necessary to reflect any such change in such quantities as
         requested by the Underwriters, and to furnish to you a copy of such
         proposed amendment or supplement before filing any such amendment or
         supplement with the Commission;

                 (g)      to make generally available to its security holders,
         and to deliver to you, an earnings statement of the Company (which
         need not be audited and which will satisfy the provisions of Section
         11(a) of the Act including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158)
         covering a period of 12 months beginning after the effective date of
         the Registration Statement but ending not later than 15 months after
         the effective date of the Registration Statement, as soon as is
         reasonably practicable after the termination of such 12-month period;


                 (h)      to furnish to you three signed copies of the
         Registration Statement, as initially filed with the Commission, and of
         all amendments thereto (including all exhibits thereto) and sufficient
         conformed copies of the foregoing (other than exhibits) for
         distribution of a copy to each of the other Underwriters;

                 (i)      to furnish to you as early as practicable prior to
         the time of purchase and the additional time of purchase, as the case
         may be, but not later than two business days prior thereto, a copy of
         the latest available unaudited interim consolidated financial
         statements, if any, of the Company that have been read by the
         Company's independent certified public accountants as stated in their
         letter to be furnished pursuant to Section 8(b);

                 (j)      to apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares
         sold by the Company in the manner set forth under the caption "Use of
         Proceeds" in the Prospectus;

                 (k)      to use its best efforts to cause the Shares to be
         included in the Nasdaq National Market;

                 (l)      whether or not the transactions contemplated in this
         Agreement are consummated or this Agreement otherwise becomes
         effective or is terminated, to pay all expenses, fees and taxes (other
         than (x) any transfer taxes, (y) fees and disbursements





                                       10
<PAGE>   12

         of your counsel except as set forth under Section 5 and clauses (iii)
         and (iv) below) and (z) any advertising expenses in connection with
         the offering of the Shares in connection with (i) the preparation and
         filing of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus, the
         Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, and the printing
         and furnishing of copies of each thereof to you and to dealers
         (including costs of mailing and shipment), (ii) the issuance, sale and
         delivery of the Shares, (iii) the word processing or printing, if
         applicable, of this Agreement and any dealer agreements, and the
         reproduction or printing and furnishing of copies of each thereof to
         you and to dealers (including costs of mailing and shipment), (iv) the
         qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state laws as
         aforesaid (including legal fees and filing fees and other
         disbursements of your counsel) and the printing and furnishing of
         copies of any blue sky surveys to you and to dealers in an amount
         which is estimated not to exceed $15,000, (v) any qualification of the
         Shares for inclusion in the Nasdaq National Market and any
         registration thereof under the Exchange Act, (vi) any filing for
         review of the public offering of the Shares by the NASD and (viii) the
         performance of the Company's and the Selling Stockholders' other
         obligations hereunder.

                 (m)      not to sell, contract to sell, grant any option to
         sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
         shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable
         for Common Stock or warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock
         or permit the registration under the Act of any shares of Common
         Stock, except for (i) the registration of the Shares and the sales to
         you pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) for a period commencing on the
         date hereof and continuing for 180 days after the date of the
         Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Dillon, Read & Co.
         Inc.; provided, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit the
         grant by the Company of options to purchase shares of Common Stock
         which are not excercisable within 180 days after the date of the
         Prospectus; and

                 (n)      to refrain from investing the proceeds from the sale
         of the Shares in a manner to cause the Company to become an
         "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act
         of 1940, as amended.

         6.      Certain Covenants of the Selling Stockholders.  Each Selling
Stockholder agrees with each Underwriter that such Selling Stockholder will not
sell, contract to sell, grant any option to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose
of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or securities
convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or warrants or other rights
to purchase Common Stock, except for the sales to you pursuant to this
Agreement, for a period commencing on the date hereof and continuing for 180
days after the date of the Prospectus, without the prior written consent of
Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.; provided, that in the event such Selling Stockholder
requests Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. to consent to the distribution of shares of
Common Stock (a "Distribution") held by such Selling Stockholder to any
partner, stockholder or affiliate (the "Distributee") of such Selling
Stockholder, Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. will grant such consent if (i) each
Distributee receiving the Distribution prior to the Distribution executes a
lock-up agreement which provides that such Distributee will not sell, contract
to sell, grant any option to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, directly
or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or
exchangeable for Common Stock or warrants





                                       11
<PAGE>   13

or other rights to purchase Common Stock, for a period of l80 days after the
date of the Prospectus and (ii) no consideration is received by such Selling
Stockholder for the Distribution.

         7.      Reimbursement of Underwriters' Expenses.  If the Shares are
not delivered for any reason other than as a result of a default by one or more
of the Underwriters in its or their respective obligations hereunder, or
because the Underwriters determined to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the
second paragraph of Section 9 as a result of an event affecting a financial
market other than a U.S. financial market, the Company shall reimburse the
Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses, including the fees and
disbursements of their counsel.

         8.      Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations.  The several
obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the.accuracy of the
representations and warranties on the part of the Company and the Selling
Stockholders on the date hereof and at the time of purchase (and the several
obligations of the Underwriters at the additional time of purchase are subject
to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the
Company and the Selling Stockholders on the date hereof and at the time of
purchase (unless previously waived in writing) and at the additional time of
purchase, as the case may be), the performance by each of the Company and the
Selling Stockholders of its and their obligations hereunder and to the
following conditions:

                 (a)      The Company shall furnish to you at the time of
         purchase and at the additional time of purchase, as the case may be,
         an opinion of Baker & McKenzie, counsel for the Company and the
         Selling Stockholders, addressed to the Underwriters and dated the time
         of purchase or the additional time of purchase, as the case may be,
         with reproduced copies for each of the other Underwriters and in form
         satisfactory to Greenberg, Traurig, Hoffman, Lipoff, Rosen & Quentel,
         P.A., counsel for the Underwriters, stating that:

                          (i)     the Company has been duly incorporated and is
                 validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the
                 laws of the State of Florida, with full corporate power and
                 authority (A) to own its properties and conduct its business
                 as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
                 and (B) to execute and deliver this Agreement and to issue,
                 sell and deliver the Shares as herein contemplated;

                          (ii)    to the best of such counsel's knowledge, the
                 Company does not own any interest in any corporation, joint
                 venture or partnership;

                          (iii)   the Company is duly qualified to do business
                 by and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each
                 jurisdiction in which it is known to such counsel to conduct
                 business or is known to such counsel to own property and in
                 which the failure, individually or in the aggregate, to be so
                 licensed or qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect;





                                       12
<PAGE>   14

                          (iv)    this Agreement has been duly authorized, 
                 executed and delivered by the Company;

                          (v)     (a) the Shares to be issued by the Company,
                 when issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters
                 in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly authorized and
                 validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable, and (b) the
                 Shares to be issued by the Company, when issued and delivered
                 to and paid for by the Underwriters, will be free of any
                 pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or preemptive right;

                          (vi)    (a) the Company has an authorized share
                 capitalization as set forth under the heading "Capitalization"
                 in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and (b) the
                 outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been
                 duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid,
                 nonassessable and free of statutory and, to the best of such
                 counsel's knowledge, contractual preemptive rights;

                          (vii)   (a) the capital stock of the Company,
                 including the Shares, conforms in all material respects to the
                 description thereof contained in the Prospectus; and (b) the
                 certificates for the Shares are in due and proper form and the
                 holders of the Shares will not be subject to personal
                 liability by reason of being such holders;

                          (viii)  the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
                 (except as to the financial statements, statistical
                 information (excluding ownership of Common Stock by the
                 Company's stockholders) and schedules contained therein as to
                 which such counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form
                 in all material respects with the requirements of the Act;

                          (ix)    the Registration Statement has become
                 effective under the Act and, to the best of such counsel's
                 knowledge, no stop order proceedings with respect thereto are
                 pending or threatened under the Act;

                          (x)     no approval, authorization, consent or order
                 of or filing with any federal, state, local or foreign
                 governmental or regulatory commission, board, body, authority
                 or agency is required in connection with the issuance or sale
                 of the Shares as contemplated hereby other than registration
                 of the Shares under the Act (except such counsel need express
                 no opinion as to any necessary qualification under the state
                 securities or blue sky laws of the various jurisdictions in
                 which the Shares are being offered by the Underwriters or the
                 review of the terms of the public offering of the Shares by
                 the NASD);

                          (xi)    the execution, delivery and performance of
                 this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by the
                 Company of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and
                 will not conflict with, or result in any breach of, or
                 constitute a default under (nor constitute any event which
                 with notice, lapse of





                                       13
<PAGE>   15

                 time or both would constitute a breach of or default under),
                 any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or bylaws of
                 the Company, or under any provision of any license, indenture,
                 mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement or
                 other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party
                 or by which the Company or its properties are bound or
                 affected, or under any federal, state, local or foreign law,
                 regulation or rule or any decree, judgment or order applicable
                 to the Company, which conflict, breach or default would have a
                 Material Adverse Effect;

                          (xii)   to the best of such counsel's knowledge, the
                 Company is not in breach of or in default under (nor has any
                 event occurred which with notice, lapse of time or both would
                 constitute a breach of or default under) any license,
                 indenture, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit
                 agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which the
                 Company is a party or by which the Company or its properties
                 are bound or affected or under any law, regulation or rule or
                 any decree, judgment or order applicable to the Company, which
                 would have a Material Adverse Effect;

                          (xiii)  all contracts or documents of a character
                 required to be described in the Registration Statement or the
                 Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration
                 Statement have been so described or filed;

                          (xiv)   there are no actions, suits or proceedings
                 pending, or to the best of such counsel's knowledge,
                 threatened against the Company or any of its properties, at
                 law or in equity, or before or by any federal, state, local or
                 foreign governmental or regulatory commission, board, body,
                 authority or agency that could reasonably be expected to
                 result in a judgment, decree or order having a Material
                 Adverse Effect;

                          (xv)    to the best of such counsel's knowledge, each
                 person who has the right, contractual or otherwise, to request
                 the Company to register pursuant to the Act securities of the
                 Company upon the issue and sale of the Shares to the
                 Underwriters hereunder or who has preemptive rights, rights of
                 first refusal or other rights to purchase any of the Shares,
                 except to the extent included in the Registration Statement,
                 either waived such rights or was excluded from including any
                 such shares in the offering Agreement of the Shares, or from
                 any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other
                 purchase rights, in accordance with the terms thereof;

                          (xvi)   the statements in the Registration Statement
                 and the Prospectus under the captions "Business --
                 Regulation", "Description of Capital Stock" and Shares
                 Eligible For Future Sale", insofar as they are descriptions of
                 laws, regulations and rules, of legal and governmental
                 proceedings or of contracts, agreements, leases and other
                 legal documents known to such counsel, or refer to statements
                 of law or legal conclusions, have been reviewed by such
                 counsel and are accurate in all material respects;





                                       14
<PAGE>   16

                          (xvii)  the Company is not an "investment company" or
                 a person "controlled" by an "investment company" within the
                 meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

                          (xviii) the sales of securities by the Company
                 described in Item 15 of the Registration Statement were exempt
                 from the registration requirements of the Act; and

                          (xix)   this Agreement and the Custody Agreement have
                 been duly executed and delivered by each of the Selling
                 Stockholders; this Agreement and the Custody Agreement are the
                 legal, valid and binding agreements of each of the Selling
                 Stockholders enforceable in accordance with their respective
                 terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by
                 bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar
                 laws affecting creditors' rights generally and general
                 principles of equity;

                          (xx)    each of the Selling Stockholders have full
                 legal right and power, and has obtained any authorization or
                 approval required by law (other than those imposed by the Act,
                 the NASD and the securities or blue sky laws of certain
                 jurisdictions), to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the
                 Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder in the manner
                 provided in this Agreement;

                          (xxi)   delivery of certificates for the Shares to be
                 sold by the Selling Stockholders pursuant hereto will pass
                 title thereto to the Underwriters severally, free and clear of
                 any claim, lien, encumbrance, security interest, community
                 property right, restriction on transfer or other defect in
                 title assuming that the several Underwriters are good faith
                 purchasers and without notice of any adverse claim;

                          (xxii)  to the best of such counsel's knowledge, the
                 consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by
                 the Custody Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof
                 and thereof will not constitute a breach or violation of or
                 default under any trust, indenture, agreement or other
                 instrument to which any of the Selling Stockholders are a
                 party or by which any of the Selling Stockholders are bound;

                          (xxiii) no approval, authorization, consent or order
                 of or filing with any federal, state, local or foreign
                 governmental or regulatory commission, board, body, authority
                 or agency is required in connection with the sale of the
                 Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders as contemplated
                 hereby other than registration of the Shares under the Act or
                 approval of the terms of the public offering of the Shares by
                 the NASD (except such counsel need express no opinion as to
                 any necessary qualification under the state securities or blue
                 sky laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Shares are
                 being offered by the Underwriters); and





                                       15
<PAGE>   17

                          (xxiv)  nothing has come to the attention of such
                 counsel that causes them to believe that the Registration
                 Statement or any amendment thereto at the time such
                 Registration Statement or amendment became effective or that
                 the Prospectus or any supplement thereto at the date of such
                 Prospectus or such supplement, and at all times up to and
                 including the time of purchase contained an untrue statement
                 of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact
                 required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
                 statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which
                 they were made, not misleading (it being understood that such
                 counsel need express no opinion with respect to the financial
                 statements, statistical date and schedules included in the
                 Registration Statement or Prospectus).

                 (b)      You shall have received from Ernest & Young, LLP
         letters dated, respectively, the date of this Agreement and the time
         of purchase and additional time of purchase, as the case may be, and
         addressed to the Underwriters (with reproduced copies for each of the
         Underwriters) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
         Managing Underwriters.

                 (c)      You shall have received at the time of purchase and
         at the additional time of purchase, as the case may be, opinions from
         Greenberg, Traurig, Hoffman, Lipoff, Rosen & Quentel, P.A., in form
         and substance satisfactory to you.

                 (d)      No amendment or supplement to the Registration
         Statement or the Prospectus shall be filed prior to the time the
         Registration Statement becomes effective to which you shall have
         objected in writing.

                 (e)      The Registration Statement shall become effective at
         or before 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the date of this Agreement
         and, if Rule 430A under the Act is used, the Prospectus shall have
         been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act
         at or before 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the second full
         business day after the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that
         the Company, the Selling Stockholders and you and any group of
         Underwriters, including you, who have agreed hereunder to purchase in
         the aggregate at least 50% of the Firm Shares from time to time may
         agree in writing or by telephone, confirmed in writing, on a later 
         date.

                 (f)      Prior to the time of purchase or the additional time
         of purchase, as the case may be: (i) no stop order with respect to the
         effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued
         under the Act or proceedings initiated under Section 8(d) or 8(e) of
         the Act; (ii) the Registration Statement and all amendments thereto,
         or modifications thereof, if any, and the Prospectus and all
         amendments or supplements thereto, or modifications thereof, if any,
         shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
         state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
         make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which
         they were made, not misleading.





                                       16
<PAGE>   18

                 (g)      Between the time of execution of this Agreement and
         the time of purchase or the additional time of purchase, as the case
         may be, there shall not have been (i) any material and adverse change,
         present or prospective, in the properties, assets, operations,
         business, business prospects or condition (financial or other) of the
         Company, other than as described in the Registration Statement and the
         Prospectus, (ii) any transaction other than in the ordinary course of
         the Company's business that is material to the Company or contemplated
         or entered into by the Company, other than as described in the
         Registration Statement and the Prospectus, or (iii) any obligation,
         contingent or otherwise, directly or indirectly, incurred by the
         Company that is material to the Company, other than as described in
         the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and as otherwise set
         forth in the certificates referenced in Section 8(h)(iii) below.

                 (h)      The Company, at the time of purchase or additional
         time of purchase, as the case may be, will deliver to you a
         certificate of two of its executive officers to the effect that (i)
         the representations and warranties of the Company as set forth in this
         Agreement are true and correct as of each such date, (ii) the
         conditions set forth in Section 8(f) and Section 8(g) have been met
         and (iii) describing the number of engines purchased by the Company
         and all other material transactions entered into by the Company from
         March 31, 1996 through the date of this Agreement.

                 (i)      You shall have received a signed letter, dated the
         date of this Agreement, from each of the stockholders listed in
         Schedule C to the effect that such persons shall not sell, contract to
         sell, grant any option to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of,
         directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or securities
         convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or warrants or other
         rights to purchase Common Stock (a "Distribution") for a period of 180
         days from the date of the Prospectus without the prior written consent
         of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.; provided, that in the event any such
         shareholder requests Dillon, Read & Co. Inc., to consent to a
         Distribution to any partner, shareholder or affiliate of such
         shareholder (a "Distributee"), Dillon Read & Co. Inc. agrees to grant
         such consent if (i) each Distributee receiving a Distribution prior to
         the Distribution executes a lockup agreement, substantially in the
         form of the lock-up agreement executed by such stockholder, for a
         period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus and (ii) no
         consideration is received by such stockholder for the Distribution.

                 (j)      The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have
         furnished to you such other documents and certificates as to the
         accuracy and completeness of any statement in the Registration
         Statement or the Prospectus as of the time of purchase and the
         additional time of purchase, as the case may be, as you reasonably may
         request.

                 (k)      The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have
         performed such of their respective obligations under this Agreement as
         are to be performed by the terms hereof at or before the time of
         purchase and at or before the additional time of purchase, as the case
         may be.

                 (l)      The Shares shall have been approved for quotation
         through the Nasdaq National Market.





                                       17
<PAGE>   19

         9.      Effective Date of Agreement; Termination.  This Agreement
shall become effective (i) if Rule 430A under the Act is not used, when you
shall have received notification of the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement, or (ii) if Rule 430A under the Act is used, when the parties hereto
have executed and delivered this Agreement.

         The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder shall be subject
to termination in the absolute discretion of you or any group of Underwriters
(which may include you) which has agreed to purchase in the aggregate at least
50% of the Firm Shares if, at any time prior to the time of purchase or, with
respect to the purchase of any Additional Shares, the additional time of
purchase, as the case may be, trading in securities on the New York Stock
Exchange shall have been suspended or minimum prices shall have been
established on the New York Stock Exchange or if a banking moratorium shall
have been declared either by the United States or New York State authorities,
or if the United States shall have declared war in accordance with its
constitutional processes or there shall have occurred any material outbreak or
escalation of hostilities or other national or international calamity or crisis
of such magnitude in its effect on, or any material adverse change in, any
financial market which, in each case, in your judgment or in the judgment of
such group of Underwriters, makes it impracticable to market the Shares.

         If you or any group of Underwriters elect to terminate this Agreement
as provided in this Section 9, the Company, the Selling Stockholders and each
other Underwriter shall be notified promptly by letter or telegram.

         If the sale to the Underwriters of the Shares, as contemplated by this
Agreement, is not carried out by the Underwriters for any reason permitted
under this Agreement or if such sale is not carried out because the Company or
the Selling Stockholders, as the case may be, shall be unable to comply with
any of the terms of this Agreement, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, as
the case may be, shall not be under any obligation or liability under this
Agreement (except to the extent provided in Sections 5(l), 7 and 11), and the
Underwriters shall be under no obligation or liability to the Company and the
Selling Stockholders under this Agreement (except to the extent provided in
Section 11).

         10.     Increase in Underwriters' Commitments.  If any Underwriter
shall default in its obligation to take up and pay for the Firm Shares to be
purchased by it hereunder and if the number of Firm Shares which all
Underwriters so defaulting shall have agreed but failed to take up and pay for
does not exceed 10% of the total number of Firm Shares, the non-defaulting
Underwriters shall take up and pay for (in addition to the aggregate principal
amount of Firm Shares they are obligated to purchase pursuant to Section 1) the
number of Firm Shares agreed to be purchased by all such defaulting
Underwriters as hereinafter provided. Such Shares shall be taken up and paid
for by such non-defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters in such amount or
amounts as you may designate with the consent of each Underwriter so designated
or, in the event no such designation is made, such Shares shall be taken up and
paid for by all nondefaulting Underwriters pro rata in proportion to the
aggregate number of Firm Shares set opposite the names of such non-defaulting
Underwriters in Schedule A.

         Without relieving any defaulting Underwriter from its obligations
hereunder, the Company and the Selling Stockholders agree with the
non-defaulting Underwriters that they will





                                       18
<PAGE>   20

not sell any Firm Shares hereunder unless all of the Firm Shares are purchased
by the Underwriters (or by substituted underwriters selected by you with the
approval of the Company or selected by the Company with your approval).

         If a new Underwriter or Underwriters are substituted by the
Underwriters or by the Company for a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters in
accordance with the foregoing provision, the Company or you shall have the
right to postpone the time of purchase for a period not exceeding five business
days in order that any necessary change in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus and other documents may be effected.

         The term Underwriter as used in this Agreement shall refer to and
include any Underwriter substituted under this Section 10 with like effect as
if such substituted Underwriter had originally been named in Schedule A.

         11.     Indemnity by the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the
                 Underwriters.

                 (a)      The Company and the Selling Stockholders, jointly and
         severally, agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each
         Underwriter, each person that controls any Underwriter within the
         meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act,
         and each Underwriter's agents, employees, officers and directors and
         the agents, employees, officers and directors of any such controlling
         person (collectively, the "Underwriter indemnified parties") from and
         against any and all losses, claims, damages, judgments, liabilities
         and expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel and other
         expenses in connection with investigating, defending or settling any
         such action or claim) which, jointly or severally, any Underwriter
         indemnified party may incur as they are incurred (and regardless of
         whether such Underwriter indemnified party is a party to the
         litigation, if any) arising out of or based upon any untrue statement
         or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
         registration statement relating to the Shares or the Prospectus or any
         Preliminary Prospectus, or arising out of or based upon any omission
         or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
         stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light
         of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,
         except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, judgments, liabilities
         or expenses arise out of, or are based upon, any such untrue statement
         or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon and in
         conformity with information with respect to any Underwriter furnished
         in writing by any Underwriter through you to the Company expressly for
         use therein with reference to such Underwriter; provided, however,
         that no Selling Stockholder (including the Chairman in his capacity as
         such) shall be liable under this Section 11 in an amount exceeding the
         total price at which the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder were
         offered to the public, net of underwriting discounts and commissions.
         This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability the
         Company or the Selling Stockholders otherwise may have.

                 (b)      If any action or proceeding (including any
         governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be
         brought or asserted against any Underwriter indemnified party, with
         respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company





                                       19
<PAGE>   21

         or a Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Section 11, such Underwriter
         indemnified party shall promptly notify the Company and each Selling
         Stockholder in writing, and the Company shall assume the defense
         thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory
         to the Underwriter indemnified party and payment of all fees and
         expenses; provided that the omission so to notify the Company and the
         Selling Stockholders shall not relieve them from any liability that
         they may have to any Underwriter indemnified party.  An Underwriter
         indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in
         any such action or proceeding and to assume the defense thereof, but
         the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such
         Underwriter indemnified party unless (i) the employment of such
         counsel has been authorized in writing by the Company or the Selling
         Stockholders, (ii) the Company and the Selling Stockholders have
         failed promptly to assume the defense and employ counsel satisfactory
         to the Underwriter indemnified party or (iii) the named parties to any
         such action or proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include
         both the Underwriter indemnified party and the Company or the Selling
         Stockholders and such Underwriter indemnified party shall have
         reasonably concluded that there may be one or more legal defenses
         available to it that are different from or additional to those
         available to the Company and the Selling Stockholders (in which case
         the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not have the right to
         assume the defense of such action on behalf of such Underwriter
         indemnified party), in any of which events such fees and expenses
         shall be borne by the Company and reimbursed as they are incurred.  It
         is understood, however, that the Company and the Selling Stockholders
         shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but
         substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction
         arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be
         liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of
         attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such
         Underwriter indemnified parties, which firm shall be designated in
         writing by Dillon, Read & Co. Inc., and that all such fees and
         expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.  The Company and
         the Selling Stockholders shall not be liable for any settlement of any
         such action effected without the written consent of the Company and
         the Selling Stockholders (which consent shall not be unreasonably
         withheld or delayed), but if settled with the written consent of the
         Company and the Selling Stockholders, or if there is a final judgment
         with respect thereto, the Company and the Selling Stockholders agree
         to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter indemnified party from
         and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or
         judgment, subject to the limitations heretofore expressed.

                 (c)      Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify,
         defend and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who
         sign the Registration Statement, and any person that controls the
         Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of
         the Exchange Act (collectively, the "Company indemnified parties") and
         each Selling Stockholder from and against any loss, expense, liability
         or claim (including the fees and expenses of counsel and the cost of
         investigation) to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the
         Company to the Underwriter indemnified parties, but only with respect
         to information concerning such Underwriter furnished in writing by or
         on behalf of such Underwriter through you to the Company expressly for
         use with respect to such Underwriter in the Registration Statement,
         any Preliminary Prospectus or the





                                       20
<PAGE>   22

         Prospectus.  In case any action shall be brought against any Company
         indemnified party or any Selling Stockholder based on the Registration
         Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus and in respect
         of which indemnity may be sought against any Underwriter pursuant to
         this Section 11(c), such Underwriter shall have the rights and duties
         given to the Company and the Selling Stockholders by Section 11(b)
         (except that if the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have
         assumed the defense thereof you shall not be required to do so, but
         may employ separate counsel therein and participate in the defense
         thereof, provided that the fees and expenses of such separate counsel
         shall be at the expense of such Underwriter), and the Company
         indemnified parties and the Selling Stockholders shall have the rights
         and duties given to the Underwriter indemnified parties by Section 
         11(b).

                 (d)      If the indemnification provided for in this Section
         11 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless any Underwriter
         indemnified party or any Company indemnified party or any Selling
         Stockholder, then the party required to indemnify such indemnified
         party under this Section 11, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified
         party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
         indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages,
         judgments, liabilities and expenses (i) in such proportion as is
         appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company
         and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on
         the other hand from the offering of the Shares, or (ii) if the
         allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable
         law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the
         relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the
         relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one
         hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the
         statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims,
         damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant
         equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the
         Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the
         Underwriters on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same
         proportion as the total proceeds from the offering (net of
         underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses)
         received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total
         underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters,
         in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the
         Prospectus.  The relative fault of the Company and the Selling
         Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand
         shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the
         untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
         omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to
         information supplied by the Company, by the Selling Stockholders or by
         the Underwriters, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access
         to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
         omission.  The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the
         losses, claims, damages, judgments, liabilities and expenses referred
         to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or
         expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with
         investigating or defending any claim or action.

         The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that
it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section
11(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of
allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one





                                       21
<PAGE>   23

entity for such purpose) that does not take account of the equitable
considerations referred to in this Section 11(d).  Notwithstanding the
provisions of this Section 11(d), no Underwriter indemnified party shall be
required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total
price at which the Shares underwritten by such Underwriter indemnified party
and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of
any damages which such Underwriter indemnified party otherwise has been
required to pay by reason of such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be
entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation.  The Underwriters' obligations to contribute pursuant to
this Section 11 are several in proportion to their respective underwriting
commitments and are not joint.

         The statements under the caption "Underwriting" in the Prospectus (to
the extent such statements relate to an Underwriter) constitute the only
information furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter expressly
for use in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the
Prospectus.

                 (e)      The indemnity and contribution agreements contained
         in this Section 11 and the representations, warranties and covenants
         of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained in this
         Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any
         investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter indemnified
         party or by or on behalf of any Company indemnified party or any
         Selling Stockholders, and shall survive any termination of this
         Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the Shares.  Subject to the
         provisions of Section 11(b) and Section 11(c), the Company, each
         Selling Stockholder and each Underwriter agree promptly to notify the
         other of the commencement of any litigation or proceeding against it
         in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares or in
         connection with the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

         12.     Notices.  Except as otherwise herein provided, all statements,
requests, notices and agreements shall be in writing or by telegram and, if to
the Underwriters, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to
Dillon, Read & Co. Inc., 535 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022,
Attention: Syndicate Department if to the Company, shall be sufficient in all
respects if delivered or sent to the Company at the offices of the Company at
AVTEAM, Inc., 3230 Executive Way, Miramar, Florida 33025, Attention: Donald A.
Graw; and if to the Selling Stockholders, shall be sufficient in all respects,
if delivered or sent to them at the address of the Company.

         13.     Construction.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD
TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.  THE SECTION HEADINGS IN THIS AGREEMENT HAVE
BEEN INSERTED AS A MATTER OF CONVENIENCE OF REFERENCE AND ARE NOT A PART OF 
THIS AGREEMENT.

         14.     Parties at Interest.  The Agreement herein set forth has been
and is made solely for the benefit of the Underwriters, the Company, the
Selling Stockholders, the Underwriter indemnified parties and the Company
indemnified parties, and their respective successors,





                                       22
<PAGE>   24

assigns, executors and administrators.  No other person, partnership,
association or corporation (including a purchaser, as such purchaser, from any
of the Underwriters) shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this
Agreement.

         15.     Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed by the parties in
counterparts which together shall constitute one and the same agreement among
the parties.





                                       23
<PAGE>   25

         If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding among the
Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, please so indicate in
the space provided below for such purpose, whereupon this letter and your
acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement among the Company, the Selling
Stockholders and the Underwriters, severally.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        AVTEAM, INC.


                                        By:
                                           ---------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                        THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS NAMED
                                         IN SCHEDULE B ATTACHED HERETO


                                        ------------------------------
                                                 Donald A. Graw


                                        ------------------------------
                                                  Jaime J. Levy


                                        ------------------------------
                                                 Leon Sragowicz



                                          [Supporting Organization]
                                        ------------------------------

                                        By:
                                           ---------------------------


                                        ------------------------------
                                                 Richard Preston


Accepted and agreed to as of the date first
above written, on behalf of themselves,
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated and the
other several Underwriters named in
Schedule A

DILLON, READ & CO. INC., as Managing 
 Underwriter


By:
   ---------------------------
Name:
Title:





                                       24
<PAGE>   26

                                   SCHEDULE A


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITER                                                       FIRM SHARES
- -----------                                                       -----------
<S>                                                               <C>
Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. .........................                    
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated .................                       





TOTAL                                                             ===========
     
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   27

                                   SCHEDULE B


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   NUMBER OF
NAME                                                              FIRM SHARES
- ----                                                              -----------
<S>                                                               <C>





TOTAL ...........................................                     
                                                                  ===========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   28

                                   SCHEDULE C

               STOCKHOLDERS WHO HAVE EXECUTED LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 5.01


                               BAKER & MCKENZIE
                               ATTORNEYS AT LAW
                                 [LETTERHEAD]

                                  SUITE 1600
                                BARNETT TOWER
                             701 BRICKELL AVENUE
                          MIAMI, FLORIDA 331310-2827
                           TELEPHONE (305) 789-8900
                       CABLE ABOGADOMIA - TELEX 592386
                           FACSIMILE (305) 789-8953


June 14, 1996


AVTEAM, Inc.
3230 Executive Way
Miramar, Florida 33025

        Re:  Offering of Common Stock of AVTEAM, Inc.

Gentlemen:

        On May 3, 1996, AVTEAM, Inc., a Florida corporation (the "Company"),
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement
(Registration Statement No. 333-04426) on Form S-1 (the "Registration
Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act").  The
Registration Statement relates to the sale by the Company and certain
stockholders (the "Selling Stockholders") of an aggregate of 3,450,000 shares
(the "Shares") of the Company's common stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Common Stock"). We have acted as counsel to the Company in connection with the
preparation and filing of the Registration Statement.

        In connection therewith, we have examined and relied upon the original
or copies, certified to our satisfaction, of (i) the Amended and Restated
Articles of Incorporation and the Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company;
(ii) resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the
offering and the issuance of the shares to be sold by the Company and related
matters; (iii) the Registration Statement and exhibits thereto; and (iv) such
other documents and instruments as we have deemed necessary for the expression
of opinions herein contained.  In making the foregoing examinations, we have
assumed the genuiness of all signatures and the authenticity of all documents
submitted to us as originals, and the conformity to original documents of all
documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies.  As to various
questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied, to the extent we
deem reasonably appropriate, upon representations or certificates of officers
or directors of the
<PAGE>   2
BAKER & MCKENZIE

   AVTEAM, Inc.
   June 14, 1996
   Page - 2 -


   Company and upon documents, records and instruments furnished to us by
   the Company, without independent verification of their accuracy.

        Based upon the foregoing examination, we are of the opinion that the
   Shares have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered
   in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.01 to the
   Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and
   nonassessable.

        We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
   Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption "Legal
   Matters" in the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement.  In
   giving such consent, we do not admit that we come within the category of
   persons whose consent is required to be filed with the Registration
   Statement under the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission
   thereunder.



                                                Very truly yours,

                                            /s/ Baker & McKenzie
                                            ---------------------
                                                Baker & McKenzie

SPJ:cmc


<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.15



                      AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT


                           DATED AS OF JUNE 13, 1996

                                 By and Between

                                 AVTEAM, INC.,
                             a Florida corporation

                               3230 Executive Way
                             Miramar, Florida 33025

                    (hereinafter referred to as "BORROWER")


                                    - and -


                      BARNETT BANK OF SOUTH FLORIDA, N.A.

                               101 Hialeah Drive
                             Hialeah, Florida 33012

                      (hereinafter referred to as "BANK")
<PAGE>   2

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     PAGE
<S>         <C>         <C>                                                                                            <C>
SECTION 1.              DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
            1.1         Defined Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
            1.2         Other Definitional Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

SECTION 2.              AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING LINE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
            2.1         Revolving Line  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
            2.2         Borrowing Base  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
            2.3         Revolving Line Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
            2.4         Interest on Revolving Line Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
            2.5         Payments on the Revolving Line Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
            2.6         Right to Debit Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
            2.7         Borrowings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
            2.8         Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
            2.9         Allocation of Increased Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
            2.10        Commitment Fee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
            2.11        Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

SECTION 3.              COLLATERAL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
            3.1         Collateral  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
            3.2         Landlords' Waivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

SECTION 4.              GUARANTIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

SECTION 5.              REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
            5.1         Organization, Standing, Corporate Power, Etc.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
            5.2         Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
            5.3         Litigation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
            5.4         Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
            5.5         Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
            5.6         Burdensome Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
            5.7         Property and Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
            5.8         Enforceability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
            5.9         Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
            5.10        Regulation U  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
            5.11        ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
            5.12        Fictitious Name(s)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
            5.13        Permits and Licenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
            5.14        Unlawful Conduct  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

SECTION 6.              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
            6.1         Opinion of Counsel  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
            6.2         BANK Audit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
            6.3         Supporting Documents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
            6.4         Conditions to All Loans and Advances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
</TABLE>





                                      (i)
<PAGE>   3

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  (CONTINUED)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     PAGE
                                                                                                                     ----
<S>        <C>          <C>                                                                                            <C>
SECTION 7.              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
            7.1         Corporate Existence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
            7.2         Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
            7.3         Obligations and Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
            7.4         Reporting Requirements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
            7.5         Books and Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
            7.6         Compliance with Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
            7.7         Transactions with Affiliates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
            7.8         Senior Debt to Capital Funds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
            7.9         Debt Service Coverage Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
            7.10        Depository Relationship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
            7.11        Execution of Other Documents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21

SECTION 8.              NEGATIVE COVENANTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
            8.1         Indebtedness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
            8.2         Disposal of Property  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
            8.3         Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
            8.4         Default Under Other Agreements or Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
            8.5         Sale and Leaseback  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
            8.6         Loans; Guarantees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
            8.7         Notes, Accounts Receivable  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
            8.8         Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
            8.9         Consolidation, Merger, Acquisition of Assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
            8.10        Dividends, Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
            8.11        Stock Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
            8.12        Prepayments of Long-Term Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
            8.13        Capital Expenditures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
            8.14        Leases  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
            8.15        Nature of Business  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
            8.16        Ownership, Control and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
            8.17        Name and Form of Entity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25

SECTION 9.              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25

SECTION 10.             MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
            10.1        Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
            10.2        Survival of Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
            10.3        Effect of Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
            10.4        Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
            10.5        Modifications and Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
            10.6        Remedies Cumulative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
            10.7        Construction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
            10.8        Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
            10.9        Severability of Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
</TABLE>





                                      (ii)
<PAGE>   4

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  (CONTINUED)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     PAGE
                                                                                                                     ----
            <S>         <C>                                                                                            <C>
            10.10       Exhibits and Schedules  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
            10.11       Headings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
            10.12       Successors and Assigns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
            10.13       Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
            10.14       Role as Lender  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
            10.15       Limitations or Regulations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
            10.16       Entire Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
            10.17       JURY TRIAL WAIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
</TABLE>




                                     (iii)
<PAGE>   5

                      AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT


          THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") made and
entered into this 13th day of June, 1996, by and between:


                                 AVTEAM, INC.,
                             a Florida corporation

                          (hereinafter the "BORROWER")

                                     -and-

                      BARNETT BANK OF SOUTH FLORIDA, N.A.

                            (hereinafter the "BANK")


                                R E C I T A L S:


          WHEREAS, BORROWER (formerly known as Interstar Trading Corp.) and
BANK are parties to a Loan Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1995 (the
"Existing Loan Agreement").

          WHEREAS, BORROWER has requested an increase in the amount of the
financial accommodations which BANK has extended to it, by amending and
restating the Existing Loan Agreement; and

          WHEREAS, BANK is willing to extend increased financial accommodations
to BORROWER in the form of a $10,000,000 revolving line of credit, in
accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions hereinafter set
forth; and

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants,
agreements, terms and conditions contained herein, the parties hereto hereby
agree as follows:


                                   SECTION 1.

                                  DEFINITIONS

          1.1       Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, in addition
to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the meanings set forth below (such meanings to be equally applicable to
both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

          "Accounts" or "Accounts Receivable": has the meaning ascribed to
"Account" in Section 679.106 of the Florida Statutes, Uniform Commercial Code.
<PAGE>   6

          "Advance": an advance by BANK to BORROWER pursuant to Subsection 2.1
herein.

          "Affiliate(s)": shall mean any Person(s) that directly or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries control(s) or are controlled by or are under
common control with BORROWER.

          "Agreement": this Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, as the same
may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time.

          "Borrowing": the receipt of an Advance by BORROWER pursuant to
Subsection 2.1 herein.

          "Borrowing Base": as defined in Subsection 2.2 herein.

          "Borrowing Base Certificate": as defined in Subsection 2.2 herein.

          "Business Day": a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which commercial banks in the State of Florida are authorized or required by
law to close.

          "Capital Funds": at any date, the aggregate amount of Net Worth plus
Subordinated Debt, all computed in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

          "CPA's": as defined in Subsection 7.4 herein.

          "Collateral": as defined in Subsection 3.1 herein.

          "Debt Service Coverage Ratio": the ratio, for BORROWER's immediately
preceding fiscal year, of (i) net income less dividends, plus interest and
depreciation expense, to (ii) interest expense plus current maturities of long
term debt, all determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied.

          "Default": any of the events specified in Section 9 herein, whether
or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both,
has been satisfied.

          "Default Rate": as defined in Subsection 2.4 herein.

          "Eligible Accounts": the net amount of Accounts outstanding after
eliminating from the aggregate amount of outstanding Accounts such Accounts
which are unpaid more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the invoice
date, and after deducting: (i) all Accounts on which BANK does not have a valid
first priority perfected security interest; (ii) all Accounts arising from
sales or services to any Person, more than twenty percent (20%) of whose
Accounts owing to BORROWER remain unpaid more than one hundred twenty (120)





                                       2
<PAGE>   7

days after invoice date; (iii) all Accounts arising from sales or services to
any Affiliate; (iv) all payments, adjustments, offsets and credits applicable
to Accounts; (v) all amounts due on Accounts which are considered by BANK to be
difficult to collect or uncollectible by reason of return, rejection,
repossession, loss or damage of or to the merchandise giving rise thereto, a
merchandise or other dispute, insolvency of the Account debtor, or any other
reason; (vi) the amount by which Accounts arising from sales or services to any
one Person exceed either twenty-five percent (25%) of BORROWER's total Accounts
or ten percent (10%) of BORROWER's Tangible Net Worth, unless BANK, in its sole
discretion, specifically otherwise approves the Accounts of such Person; (vii)
all Accounts arising out of transactions with the United States or any
department, agency or instrumentality thereof, as to which BORROWER has not
taken all steps required by BANK and under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act
or similar applicable state law in order that all monies due or to become due
thereunder have been satisfactorily assigned to BANK; and (viii) all Accounts
arising from sales or services to customers outside of the United States of
America and its territories and possessions; all of the foregoing as determined
by BANK in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding
upon BORROWER.

          "Eligible Inventory": the net value, based upon the lower of either
cost to BORROWER or market value, of Inventory on hand, all of such Inventory
being Inventory in and to which BANK has acquired a valid first priority
perfected security interest, which Inventory: (i) BANK determines, in its sole
discretion, is not obsolete, and (ii) is otherwise acceptable to BANK, in its
sole discretion; provided that Inventory immediately ceases to be Eligible
Inventory if and when BORROWER sells and delivers it, otherwise passes title
thereto or consumes it or if and when the security interest of BANK therein is
released or discharged.

          "Equipment": has the meaning ascribed to said term in Section 679.109
of the Florida Statutes, Uniform Commercial Code.

          "ERISA": the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and all
related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be
amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, together with all
applicable rulings and regulations issued under the provisions of either of
them.

          "Event of Default": any of the events specified in Section 9 herein,
provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or
both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

          "Facility": the Revolving Line, including any and all renewals,
extensions and modifications thereof.

          "Fixed Assets": BORROWER's real property and improvements thereon,
together with all machinery and equipment, furniture,





                                       3
<PAGE>   8

furnishings and such other property of BORROWER as would be encompassed within
the generally accepted accounting definition of "Fixed Assets".

          "General Intangibles": has the meaning ascribed to said term in
Section 679.106 of the Florida Statutes, Uniform Commercial Code.

          "Guaranties": as defined in Section 4 herein.

          "Guarantors": collectively and individually, Leon Sragowicz, Donald
Graw, Richard Preston and Jaime Levy.

          "Indebtedness": at any date, any obligation for money borrowed,
whether or not evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar
instruments, or any obligation under conditional sale or other title retention
agreements or capitalized leases or any obligation issued or assumed as full or
partial payment for property whether or not secured by a purchase money
mortgage.

          "Inventory": has the meaning ascribed to said term in Section
679.109(4) of the Florida Statutes, Uniform Commercial Code.

          "Liabilities" or "Total Liabilities": at any date, all liabilities of
BORROWER computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
applied on a consistent basis.

          "Lien": any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security
interest, lien, charge or encumbrance, or preference, priority or other
security agreement or arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including,
without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement,
and the filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement under the
Uniform Commercial Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction).

          "Loan Documents": this Agreement and all other documents, instruments
and agreements executed and/or delivered to BANK in connection with this
Agreement, together with all renewals, modifications and extensions of any of
the foregoing.

          "Long-Term Eligible Inventory": Eligible Inventory, excluding Spot
Purchase Eligible Inventory, Short-Term JT8D Eligible Inventory and Long-Term
JT8D Eligible Inventory, which has been on hand for more than 365 days but less
than 456 days.

          "Long-Term JT8D Eligible Inventory": Eligible Inventory comprised of
JT8D-200 Series Inventory which has been on hand for more than 365 days.

          "Mid-Term Eligible Inventory": Eligible Inventory, excluding Spot
Purchase Eligible Inventory, Short-Term JT8D Eligible





                                       4
<PAGE>   9

Inventory and Long-Term JT8D Eligible Inventory, which has been on hand for
more than 240 days but less than 366 days.

          "Net Worth": at any date (i) the aggregate amount at which all assets
of BORROWER would be shown on a balance sheet at such date, less (ii)
Liabilities at such date, all computed in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

          "Note": the Revolving Line Note.

          "Obligors": collectively and individually, BORROWER and Guarantors.

          "P&W Eligible Accounts" Eligible Accounts arising from sales or
services to Pratt & Whitney and which do not remain unpaid more than thirty
(30) days after the invoice date.

          "Person": an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust,
joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other
entity or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

          "Plan": any plan of a type described in Section 4021(a) of ERISA
which may be established or maintained by BORROWER in respect of which BORROWER
is an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

          "Pratt & Whitney": the Pratt & Whitney unit of United Technologies
Corporation.

          "Prime Rate": the annual rate of interest announced or established by
Barnett Banks, Inc. from time to time as its prime rate. The prime rate is a
reference rate for the information and use of BANK in establishing the actual
rates to be charged to its borrowers.

          "Reportable Event": any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of
ERISA or the regulations thereunder.

          "Revolving Line": the maximum amount of revolving credit loans BANK
may make to BORROWER pursuant to Subsection 2.1 herein.

          "Revolving Line Note": as defined in Subsection 2.3 herein.

          "Revolving Line Period": the period from and including the date of
this Agreement until the Revolving Line Termination Date or such earlier date
as the Revolving Line shall terminate as provided herein.

          "Revolving Line Termination Date": May 31, 1997, or the date of
BANK's demand, if earlier made.





                                       5
<PAGE>   10

          "Senior Debt": all Indebtedness of BORROWER for borrowed money,
whether currently outstanding or hereafter incurred or assumed, except for
Subordinated Debt.

          "Short-Term Eligible Inventory": Eligible Inventory, excluding Spot
Purchase Eligible Inventory, Short-Term JT8D Eligible Inventory and Long-Term
JT8D Eligible Inventory, which has been on hand for less than 241 days.

          "Short-Term JT8D Eligible Inventory": Eligible Inventory comprised of
JT8D-200 Series Inventory which has been on hand for less than 366 days.

          "Spot Purchase Eligible Inventory": Eligible Inventory purchased
pursuant to specific short term transactions which have been approved by BANK,
in its sole discretion, as entitling BORROWER to special "spot-deal" advance
rates against such Inventory.

          "Subordination Agreements": as defined in Subsection 6.3 herein.

          "Subordinated Debt": all Indebtedness of BORROWER for borrowed money,
whether currently outstanding or hereafter incurred or assumed, which is
subordinated and junior in right of payment to all Indebtedness of BORROWER to
BANK on terms and conditions satisfactory to BANK, as evidenced by BANK's
written approval thereof, such terms and conditions to include, without
limitation, those specified in the Subordination Agreements.

          "Subsidiary": any corporation of which more than fifty (50%) percent
of the outstanding shares of stock of each class having ordinary voting power
(other than stock having such power only by reason of the happening of a
contingency) is at the time owned by BORROWER.

          "Tangible Net Worth": at any date, (i) the aggregate amount at which
all assets of BORROWER would be shown on a balance sheet at such date, plus
Subordinated Debt but excluding from such assets any sums owed to BORROWER by
any Affiliate(s), capitalized organization and development costs, capitalized
interest, debt discount and expense, goodwill, patents, trademarks, copyrights,
franchises, licenses and such other assets as are properly classified as
"intangible assets" under generally accepted accounting principles, less (ii)
Liabilities at such date; all computed in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

          1.2       Other Definitional Provisions. (a) all terms defined in or
incorporated into this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in
any promissory note or any certificate or other instrument made or delivered
pursuant hereto unless the context otherwise requires; (b) each accounting term
used but not





                                       6
<PAGE>   11

defined herein, shall have the meaning given to it under generally accepted
accounting principles.


                                   SECTION 2.

                       AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING LINE

          2.1       Revolving Line. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof,
BANK agrees to make loans and advances (each an "Advance") to BORROWER under
the Revolving Line from time to time during the Revolving Line Period in an
aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the sum of
TEN MILLION DOLLARS ($10,000,000.00) at any one time. During the Revolving Line
Period, BORROWER may use the Revolving Line by borrowing, prepaying the
Advances in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms
and conditions hereof; provided, however, that, at the time of each Borrowing,
BORROWER shall not be in Default hereunder, or in default under any other
agreement with or obligation to BANK.

          2.2       Borrowing Base. Anything in this Agreement and/or other
Loan Document(s) to the contrary notwithstanding, BORROWER shall not be
entitled to request an Advance if such Advance, when added to the aggregate
principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line Note, would cause same to
exceed an aggregate amount equal to: (A) seventy-five percent (75%) of
BORROWER's Eligible Accounts, excluding Accounts arising from sales or services
to Pratt & Whitney; (B) eighty-five percent (85%) of BORROWER's P&W Eligible
Accounts; and (C) the lesser of either (1) SIX MILLION DOLLARS ($6,000,000.00)
or (2) an aggregate amount equal to (a) fifty percent (50%) of BORROWER's
Short-Term Eligible Inventory, (b) forty percent (40%) of BORROWER's Mid-Term
Eligible Inventory, (c) twenty-five percent (25%) of BORROWER's Long-Term
Eligible Inventory, (d) sixty percent (60%) of BORROWER's Short-Term JT8D
Eligible Inventory, (e) fifty percent (50%) of BORROWER's Long-Term JT8D
Eligible Inventory, and (f) the lesser of either (i) TWO MILLION DOLLARS
($2,000,000.00) or (ii) seventy-five (75%) of BORROWER's Spot Purchase Eligible
Inventory, such advance rate to be reduced by ten percent (10%) at the end of
each thirty (30) day period for any Spot Purchase Eligible Inventory which
continues to remain on hand, until such advance rate is reduced to that which
would apply to Eligible Inventory other than Spot Purchase Eligible Inventory.
All of the foregoing (the "Borrowing Base") shall be calculated in accordance
with a borrowing base certificate (the "Borrowing Base Certificate") in the
form attached hereto and made a part hereof as EXHIBIT "A" to this Agreement,
with appropriate insertions therein, or as may be subsequently specified by
BANK.  BORROWER and BANK agree that the sum of all Advances, at any one time
outstanding under the Revolving Line, shall not exceed the lesser of the
Borrowing Base or the Revolving Line amount (the "Available Amount"). If, at
any time, the Available Amount is exceeded, BORROWER shall promptly take such
action as may be





                                       7
<PAGE>   12

required to conform with the provisions hereof and failure to do so, within
five (5) days after BANK's notice of such failure to BORROWER, shall constitute
an Event of Default and BANK, at its option, may declare all of BORROWER's
Indebtedness to BANK immediately due and owing.

          2.3       Revolving Line Note. The Advances made by BANK pursuant to
Subsection 2.1 herein shall be evidenced by a master demand promissory note of
BORROWER in the principal amount of TEN MILLION DOLLARS ($10,000,000.00), in
form and substance acceptable to BANK, and payable to the order of BANK (the
"Revolving Line Note"). The Revolving Line Note shall be deemed to reflect the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Indebtedness to BANK under the
Revolving Line, whether or not the face amount of the Revolving Line Note is in
excess of the amount actually outstanding from time to time, and whether or not
the Indebtedness outstanding thereunder is from time to time repaid and
reborrowed.

          2.4       Interest on Revolving Line Note. The principal balance
outstanding from time to time under the Revolving Line Note shall bear interest
at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to three-quarters of one percent (0.75%)
in excess of the Prime Rate.

                    Interest on the principal balance from time to time
outstanding under the Note shall be payable monthly, on the 29th day of each
month, commencing June 29, 1996. If any day on which a payment is specified to
be due is not a Business Day, the Business Day next preceding such date shall
be the date on which such payment shall be due and payable. The rate of
interest being charged under the Note shall be adjusted with each change in the
Prime Rate on any day of the month on which any change in the Prime Rate
becomes effective. All interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day
year for actual days elapsed. Interest hereunder shall be charged only on the
sums advanced and computed from the date advanced to the date of repayment; and
interest from the date hereof to the date advanced is waived. After the
occurrence of an Event of Default, the principal balance outstanding under the
Note shall bear interest at the lesser of either the highest lawful rate then
and thereafter in effect from time to time or twenty-four percent (24%) per
annum (the "Default Rate").

                    In no event shall interest be due at a rate in excess of
the highest lawful rate in effect from time to time. It is not the intention of
the parties hereto to make any agreement which shall be violative of the laws
of the State of Florida or the United States of America relating to usury. In
no event shall BORROWER pay or BANK accept or charge any interest which,
together with any other charges upon the principal or any portion thereof,
howsoever computed, after taking into account any requirement for commitment
and facility fees, shall exceed the maximum lawful rate of interest allowable
under the laws of the State of Florida or the United States of America from
time to time.  Should any





                                       8
<PAGE>   13

provision of this Agreement or any existing or further notes, loan agreements
or any other agreements between the parties be construed to require the payment
of interest which, together with any other charges upon the principal or any
portion thereof, after taking into account any requirement for commitment and
facility fees, shall exceed such maximum lawful rate of interest, then any such
excess shall be applied against the remaining principal balance, if any, and
thereafter refunded to BORROWER.

          2.5       Payments on the Revolving Line Note. All outstanding
principal and unpaid accrued interest under the Revolving Line shall be fully
repaid immediately upon the termination of the Revolving Line Period or any
renewal or extension thereof. All proceeds of BORROWER's Accounts and Accounts
Receivable shall hereafter be forwarded by BORROWER directly to BANK, and
BORROWER shall hereafter receive and hold any and all such proceeds received by
it as trustee for BANK, without commingling the same with other funds of
BORROWER, and remit same directly to BANK immediately upon the date of receipt
in the identical form received, duly endorsed or assigned to BANK. All payments
which BANK receives from or on behalf of BORROWER towards the Revolving Line
Note shall be deposited into a cash collateral account under BANK's sole
control. BANK shall thereafter credit all payments so deposited, including the
proceeds of collection of BORROWER's Accounts and Accounts Receivable, to
BORROWER's loan account(s) hereunder, for payment of principal and interest
under the Revolving Line Note, such credits to be conditional upon final
payment in cash or solvent credits of the items giving rise to them. To
compensate BANK for the time required to obtain collection of the aforesaid
payments applied to the loan balances by BANK, BORROWER agrees to pay to BANK,
on the 29th day of each month, interest on the amount of all such payments for
a period of two (2) Business Days subsequent to the date of credit to
BORROWER's loan account(s) at the rate of interest being charged under the
Revolving Line Note. If any item is not paid as hereinabove required, whether
or not the item is returned, BANK may, in its sole discretion, either reverse
any credit given for the item or charge it to any deposit account maintained by
BORROWER with BANK.

                    At any time prior to the Revolving Line Termination Date,
BORROWER shall, at BANK's request, enter into a lock box agreement with BANK on
BANK's regular form of lock box agreement and will notify all Account debtors
to make payment directly to the lock box. BANK is authorized to notify any
account debtors on BORROWER's Accounts and Accounts Receivable of BANK's
security interest in connection herewith and that all proceeds of such Accounts
and Accounts Receivable are to be forwarded directly to BANK. In the event BANK
shall elect to collect the proceeds of Accounts and Accounts Receivable as
aforesaid, BORROWER shall execute such written authorizations and instructions
to account debtors on such Accounts and Accounts Receivable as BANK may require
to accomplish payment and delivery to BANK in such form and manner as BANK, in
its sole discretion, may require.





                                       9
<PAGE>   14


                    All payments, except for direct collections on Accounts and
Accounts Receivable as otherwise provided under the Revolving Line, shall be
made to BANK in Federal Reserve Bank or other immediately available funds at
any of its office locations in Dade County, Florida. If any payment is not made
within ten (10) days after its due date, BANK shall charge and BORROWER shall
pay, BANK's standard late fee [currently five percent (5%)] upon the payment
which is past due. BORROWER agrees that said charge is a fair and reasonable
charge for the late payment and shall not be deemed a penalty. If the Default
Rate is in effect, the amount of any late fee paid or charged by BANK shall be
deducted from the amount of interest accrued at the Default Rate.

          2.6       Right to Debit Account. At its option, BANK shall have the
right to automatically debit BORROWER's demand deposit account with BANK on a
monthly basis for the amount of interest and fees then due and payable to BANK.

          2.7       Borrowings. During the Revolving Line Period, and any
renewal(s) or extension(s) thereof, BORROWER may borrow under the Revolving
Line on any Business Day, provided that BORROWER shall give BANK irrevocable
written notice, which notice must be received by BANK prior to 12:00 o'clock
noon, Miami, Florida time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the
requested Borrowing date, specifying the amount to be borrowed and the
Borrowing date, said notice to be accompanied by a current and complete
Borrowing Base Certificate and supporting data and documentation deemed
satisfactory by BANK. Upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth
herein, BANK will make such funds available to BORROWER at BANK's address set
forth herein by crediting same to BORROWER's account with BANK. Upon each
crediting of a sum to the account of BORROWER, BORROWER shall have effected an
Advance from BANK and shall be indebted to BANK for the amount thereof, plus
interest thereon, in accordance with the terms hereof. BANK shall incur no
liability to BORROWER in acting upon any advice referred to above, whether oral
or written, which BANK believes in good faith to have been given by an officer
or other person authorized to borrow on behalf of BORROWER or in otherwise
acting in good faith under this Agreement. Further, any and all documents
required to be executed in conjunction with Advances under this Agreement may
be signed by any of the officers or other persons duly authorized by the
general borrowing resolution of BORROWER, as such resolution may be amended
from time to time.

          2.8       Use of Proceeds. BORROWER acknowledges that the proceeds of
the Advances shall be used for financing BORROWER's Accounts through the
collection cycle for such Accounts and for BORROWER's purchase and carrying of
Inventory.

          2.9       Allocation of Increased Costs. If any past, present, or
future legislative, administrative or judicial action has the direct or
indirect effect of imposing upon BANK any requirement or condition regarding
this Agreement or the Facility that directly or





                                       10
<PAGE>   15

indirectly increases the cost to BANK of continuing the Facility over the cost
thereof as of the date of this Agreement, BANK shall so notify BORROWER and
BORROWER shall pay to BANK, on or before the due date or dates specified in
BANK's notice, all additional amounts necessary to compensate BANK for such
additional costs. Any such costs not so paid by BORROWER when due shall bear
interest at the Default Rate from the due date specified in BANK's notice until
paid in full. BANK shall deliver to BORROWER a certificate showing the amount
and manner of calculation of such increased costs and stating that the
assessment of such increase in cost is fair and reasonable and has not been
arbitrarily applied to BORROWER. Such certificate shall be conclusive (absent
manifest error) as to such amount. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, if any premium is or has been imposed by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation or any reserve or risk-based capital requirement is or
has been imposed by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in connection with the Facility, the
cost (including any reduction in yield or rate of return) to BANK of such
premium, reserve and/or risk-based capital requirement shall be payable by
BORROWER as an additional cost in accordance with this Subsection. No failure
of BANK to immediately demand payment of any additional amounts payable
hereunder shall constitute a waiver of BANK's right to demand payment of such
amounts at any subsequent time.

          2.10      Commitment Fee. As partial consideration for BANK entering
into this Agreement and its prior commitment to establish the Revolving Line,
BORROWER shall pay to BANK the remaining unpaid TWELVE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED
DOLLARS ($12,500.00) of its fully earned TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND DOLLAR
($25,000.00) commitment fee (THE "Commitment Fee") simultaneously with the
execution of this Agreement, irrespective of any funding under the Facility.

          2.11      Extension. If BANK does not otherwise notify BORROWER on or
prior to the then applicable Revolving Line Termination Date (the Revolving
Line Period, and all extensions and renewals thereof, at all times nonetheless
being subject to BANK's right to terminate on a demand basis), the applicable
Revolving Line Period shall be extended from year to year, provided that
BORROWER shall have the right to prevent such extension by furnishing BANK with
written notice of BORROWER's desire not to extend, such written notice to be
delivered to BANK by registered or certified mail not less than sixty (60) days
prior to the applicable Revolving Line Termination Date.


                                   SECTION 3.

                                   COLLATERAL

          3.1       Collateral. In order to secure the full and timely payment
and performance of all Indebtedness and obligations of BORROWER under the
Facility, as well as any and all renewals,





                                       11
<PAGE>   16

extensions and modifications thereof, and to secure full and timely payment and
performance of all other Indebtedness and obligations of BORROWER to BANK,
however and whenever created, BORROWER agrees that BANK will be furnished with
a security agreement (the "Security Agreement") and UCC-1 financing statements
(the "Financing Statements") in favor of, and in form and substance acceptable
to, BANK, granting to BANK a security interest, subject to no other liens or
encumbrances except as may be set forth in the Security Agreement or this
Agreement, in the following, together with the proceeds and products thereof:
(i) all BORROWER's presently existing and hereafter created Accounts or
Accounts Receivable; (ii) all BORROWER's presently owned and hereafter acquired
Inventory; (iii) all BORROWER's presently owned and hereafter acquired
Equipment; (iv) all BORROWER's presently owned and hereafter acquired Chattel
Paper, Instruments, Documents and General Intangibles (as said terms are
defined in Chapter 679 of the Florida Statutes); (v) all BORROWER's presently
owned or hereafter acquired Fixed Assets; and (vi) all such additional and
related property as are set forth in the Security Agreement. In addition,
BORROWER hereby grants to BANK a lien on, and a security interest in, the
deposit balances, accounts, items, certificates of deposit and monies of
BORROWER now or at any time hereafter in the possession of or on deposit with
BANK to secure and as collateral for the payment and performance of its
Indebtedness and obligations to BANK. BANK may, at any time and from time to
time, without further demand or notice, appropriate and set-off against and
apply the same to such Indebtedness when and as due and payable. All of the
above-described collateral is hereinafter referred to as the "Collateral".

          3.2       Landlords' Waivers. It is a condition precedent to BANK
funding under the Facility that the landlord(s) of all of BORROWER's business
premises execute and deliver, to and in favor of BANK, waivers (the "Landlords'
Waivers") as to any lien(s) they might otherwise have or claim with respect to
the Collateral, all in form and substance acceptable to BANK.


                                   SECTION 4.

                                   GUARANTIES

          It is a condition precedent to BANK funding the Facility that
Guarantors provide BANK with deficiency/collection guarantees with respect to
the Facility, as well as any and all renewals, modifications and extensions
thereof, and they shall each execute and deliver to BANK their written guaranty
(collectively, the "Guaranties"), in form and substance satisfactory to BANK.





                                       12
<PAGE>   17

                                   SECTION 5.

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          The Obligors each represent and warrant to BANK that:

          5.1       Organization, Standing, Corporate Power, Etc. BORROWER is
duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
State of Florida, and has corporate power and authority to own its properties
and to carry on its business as now being conducted, in every jurisdiction
where it is conducting its business, and has corporate power and authority to
execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all other documents,
instruments and agreements provided for herein.

          5.2       Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by
the Obligors, respectively, of this Agreement, the Note, the Guaranties and all
other Loan Documents provided for herein:

                    (a)        have been duly authorized by all requisite
corporate action, and do not require any consent or approval of any other
Person, including, without limitation, the stockholders or creditors of
BORROWER;

                    (b)        will not violate any provision of law, or the
Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of BORROWER, as amended to the date
hereof;

                    (c)        will not violate or be in conflict with, result
in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, agreement or
other instrument to which the Obligors are a party or by which the Obligors or
any of their properties are bound, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of
any court or governmental institution; and

                    (d)        will, when executed and delivered for value, be
valid and binding obligations of the Obligors, respectively.

          5.3       Litigation. There is no action, suit, investigation,
proceeding or arbitration pending against any of the Obligors, nor, to the
knowledge of the Obligors, are any threatened against or adversely affecting
any of them, at law or in equity or before or by any federal agency or
instrumentality, or arbitration tribunal, domestic or foreign, which involve
any of the transactions herein contemplated, or the possibility of any judgment
or liability, which may result in any material and adverse change in the
business, operations, prospects, properties or assets, or in the condition,
financial or otherwise, of any of them. None of the Obligors is in default with
respect to any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, rule or regulation of
any court, or federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, or
arbitration tribunal.





                                       13
<PAGE>   18


          5.4       Financial Statements. The Obligors heretofore have
furnished to BANK their most current balance sheets, annual statements and
other financial information which are, to the best of their knowledge, correct
and complete, and accurately present their financial condition and the results
of their operations as of the dates and for the periods indicated, and said
financial statements show all known liabilities, direct or contingent material
liabilities as of the dates thereof, and have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Since the date
of the furnishing of the most recent financial statements, there has been no
material adverse change in the financial or other condition of the Obligors.

          5.5       Taxes. The Obligors have filed, or caused to be filed, all
federal and state tax returns which, to their knowledge, are required to be
filed, and have paid or caused to be paid, all taxes as shown on said returns
or on any assessment received by any of them and not being contested in good
faith, to the extent that such taxes have become due.

          5.6       Burdensome Restrictions. Except as are reflected on the
most recent financial statements furnished to BANK, the Obligors are not a
party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any charter or other
corporate restrictions adversely affecting their business properties or assets,
operations or condition, financial or otherwise.

          5.7       Property and Assets. BORROWER has good and marketable title
to all the property and assets reflected on the most recent financial statement
furnished to BANK, except such as have been disposed of in the ordinary course
of business since the date of said financial statement, and all such property
and assets are free and clear of any Liens, except Liens for taxes not yet due,
Liens on personal or real property as reflected in the most recent reviewed
financial statement, and except for those Liens if any, on properties acquired
subsequent to said statement until the date of this Agreement.

          5.8       Enforceability. This Agreement and all documents and
instruments referred to herein, when delivered hereunder, will constitute
legal, valid and binding obligations of the Obligors, enforceable against them
in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the
rights of creditors generally.

          5.9       Default. None of the Obligors are in default in any
material respect under, or with respect to any contract, agreement or other
instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound,
and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.





                                       14
<PAGE>   19

          5.10      Regulation U. BORROWER is not engaged, nor will engage
principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of
extending credit for the purpose of "purchasing" or "carrying" any "margin
stock" within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under
Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as now and
from time to time hereafter in effect. No part of the proceeds of any loans
hereunder will be used for "purchasing" or "carrying" "margin stock" as so
defined or for any purpose which violates, or would be inconsistent with, the
provisions of any regulations of such Board of Governors. Upon request,
BORROWER shall furnish BANK with a statement in conformity with the
requirements of Federal Reserve Form U-1 referred to in said Regulation U to
the foregoing effect.

          5.11      ERISA. The Plan maintained by BORROWER, if any, complies
with all applicable requirements of ERISA and of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), and with all applicable rulings and regulations
issued under the provisions of ERISA and the Code. No Reportable Event has
occurred and is outstanding with respect to any Plan.

          5.12      Fictitious Name(s). BORROWER is not conducting its business
under any trade or fictitious name(s).

          5.13      Permits and Licenses. BORROWER holds all licenses, permits,
franchises, approvals and consents as are required in the conduct of its
business(es) and the ownership and operation of its properties.

          5.14      Unlawful Conduct. None of the Obligors are engaged in any
conduct that could form the basis of an indictment for racketeering activity or
for any other offense, a potential penalty for which is forfeiture of all or
any part of their respective assets to any Federal or state government or
agency or any instrumentality thereof; and none of the Obligors has violated
any of the provisions of the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act
("RICO"), 18 U.S.C. 1961, et seq., or the Florida Civil Remedies for Criminal
Practices Act, Chapter 772, Florida Statutes, nor have there been any claimed
violations made against any of them or their principles with respect to such
laws.


                                   SECTION 6.

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

          The obligation of BANK to make any funding under the Facility is
subject to the following conditions precedent:

          6.1       Opinion of Counsel. BANK shall have received, on or prior
to the first funding hereunder, the opinion of counsel for the Obligors,
addressed to BANK, in form and content acceptable to BANK, in its sole
discretion.





                                       15
<PAGE>   20


          6.2       BANK Audit. BANK's asset-based lending division shall have
performed, and be satisfied, in BANK's sole discretion, with the results of, an
audit of BORROWER's properties, books and records.

          6.3       Supporting Documents. BANK shall have received:

                    (a)        simultaneously with the execution of this
Agreement, a Secretary's certificate dated as of the date of this Agreement,
certifying as to: (i) resolutions of the Board of Directors of BORROWER
authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, and
the Borrowings and grant of Collateral thereunder, and the full force and
effect of such resolutions on the date of this Agreement; and (ii) the
incumbency and signature of each of the officers of BORROWER signing the Loan
Documents;

                    (b)        the fully executed (i) Note; (ii) Security
Agreement; (iii) Financing Statements; (iv) Landlords' Waivers; (v) Guaranties;
and (vi) all other agreements, documents and instruments required hereunder;
all in form and substance acceptable to BANK;

                    (c)        the Articles of Incorporation of BORROWER, duly
certified as current by the Secretary of State of BORROWER's state of
incorporation;

                    (d)        the By-Laws of BORROWER, certified as current
and complete by the corporate secretary of BORROWER;

                    (e)        a current Certificate of Good Standing as to
BORROWER from each jurisdiction in which BORROWER is required to maintain such
status;

                    (f)        evidence of insurance on the Collateral,
including hazard, flood and liability coverage, in such amounts, upon such
terms, and with companies which are acceptable to BANK: (i) naming BANK as loss
payee as its interests shall appear, (ii) with copies of said policies, and
originals of all BANK required endorsements, delivered to BANK, and (iii)
providing for at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to BANK of intent
to cancel or modify;

                    (g)        subordination agreements, in form and substance
satisfactory to BANK, subordinating, to the extent required by BANK, any and
all Indebtedness now or hereafter owing to BORROWER's stockholders by BORROWER
to and in favor of all now or hereafter existing Indebtedness of BORROWER to
BANK (the "Subordination Agreements");

                    (h)        full payment of the unpaid TWELVE THOUSAND FIVE
HUNDRED DOLLARS ($12,500.00) portion of the Commitment Fee; and





                                       16
<PAGE>   21

                    (i)        such additional supporting documents as BANK or
its counsel may reasonably request.

          6.4       Conditions to All Loans and Advances. The obligation of
BANK to make any funding hereunder, including the initial funding and all
subsequent loans and Advances, is subject to the following conditions
precedent:

                    (a)        Representations and Warranties as to Each
Funding. On the date of each funding hereunder, the representations and
warranties set forth in Section 5 hereof shall be true and correct on and as of
the date of such funding, with the same force and effect as though such
representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date.

                    (b)        No Default. At the time of each funding
hereunder, BORROWER shall have observed and performed all of the terms,
conditions and agreements set forth herein on its part to be observed or
performed and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing.

                    (c)        Borrowing Base Certificate. Simultaneously with
each of BORROWER's written requests for an Advance under the Revolving Line and
within five (5) days after the end of each calendar month, and as often as BANK
may, in its sole discretion, additionally request, BORROWER shall deliver to
BANK a Borrowing Base Certificate, signed by its chief financial officer, dated
such date and confirming to BANK such matters with respect to the Revolving
Line as BANK may require.

                    (d)        Financial Statements. All the Obligors'
financial statements, information and other data furnished by them to BANK
shall be, in all material respects, accurate and correct; the financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied, and accurately represent the financial
condition of the Obligors; no material adverse change shall have occurred since
the dates of said statements; and no liabilities, contingent or otherwise, not
shown on said financial statements, shall exist.

                    (e)        Litigation. There shall be no actions, suits,
proceedings or claims pending or threatened against or affecting the Obligors,
the result of which might materially and adversely affect the financial
condition, business or operations of any of them.

                    Each Borrowing shall constitute a representation and
warranty by BORROWER, as of the date thereof, that the conditions of
Subsections (a) through (e) above have been satisfied.





                                       17
<PAGE>   22

                                   SECTION 7.

                             AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

          BORROWER covenants and agrees with BANK that, from the date hereof
and so long as any obligations under the Note remain outstanding and unpaid, or
any sums may be borrowed hereunder, unless BANK shall otherwise consent in
writing delivered to BORROWER, it will:

          7.1       Corporate Existence. Do or cause to be done all things
necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate
existence, and all rights, licenses, permits and franchises required at the
date hereof, or which may be required in the future conduct of its businesses,
and comply with all applicable laws and regulations that materially affect it,
and conduct and operate its business in the same lines and in substantially the
same manner in which presently conducted and operated (subject to changes in
the ordinary course of business), and at all times, maintain, preserve and
protect all licenses, permits, franchises, tradenames and all property used and
useful in the conduct of its business, and maintain same in good working order
and condition.

          7.2       Insurance. Maintain its insurable properties adequately
insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers, in amounts
not less than the full insurable value thereof, and maintain such other
insurance to such extent and against such risks, including liability,
comprehensive and property damage insurance, and other risks, in amounts
satisfactory to BANK as is customary with companies in the same or similar
businesses, with all proceeds of such insurance payable to BANK, as its
interests may appear, and deliver to BANK certificates evidencing such
insurance and renewals thereof prior to expiration of each term of coverage,
and providing for thirty (30) days prior written notice to BANK of cancellation
or modification of any such insurance.

          7.3       Obligations and Taxes. Pay and discharge promptly all
taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or in
respect of its properties, before the same shall become in default, as well as
all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise, which, if
unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon such properties or any part thereof;
provided, however, that BORROWER shall not be required to pay and discharge or
to cause to be paid and discharged, any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or
claim so long as the validity thereof shall be contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside on its books
with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so contested.





                                       18
<PAGE>   23

          7.4       Reporting Requirements. Furnish to BANK:

                    (a)        as soon as available, but in any event no later
than ninety (90) days after the close of each fiscal year, a copy of the
reviewed balance sheet of BORROWER for such fiscal year as at the end of such
fiscal year, and related reviewed statements of income and retained earnings
and cash flows of BORROWER for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in
comparative form, the corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year, all
in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles applied on a basis consistently maintained throughout the period
involved and with the prior year, such financial statements to have been
reviewed by independent certified public accountants of recognized standing
selected by BORROWER and acceptable to BANK (the "CPA's");

                    (b)        as soon as available, but in any event not later
than forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3)
quarterly periods of each fiscal year of BORROWER, the management prepared
financial statements of BORROWER, including a balance sheet of BORROWER as at
the end of such fiscal quarter, related statements of income and retained
earnings, and the related statements of cash flows, all for the period from the
beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter, the financial
statements of BORROWER setting forth in each case corresponding figures for the
like period of the preceding fiscal year; all in reasonable detail, prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis
consistently maintained throughout the period involved and with prior periods,
such financial statements to have been approved by the CPA's and certified by
the Chief Financial Officer of BORROWER;

                    (c)        concurrently with the delivery of the financial
statements referred to in clause (a) above, a certificate of the CPA's, stating
that, in reviewing such financial statements, no knowledge was obtained of any
Event of Default or Default hereunder, except as specifically indicated;

                    (d)        concurrently with the delivery of the financial
statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, a certificate of the Chief
Financial Officer of BORROWER: (i) stating that, to the best of his knowledge,
BORROWER, during such period, has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each
and every covenant and condition contained in this Agreement, and that he has
obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default hereunder except as
specifically indicated, and (ii) showing in detail the calculations supporting
such statement in respect of Subsections 7.8 and 7.9 of this Agreement;

                    (e)        within twenty (20) days after the end of each
month and otherwise after any request made by BANK, current aging schedules for
BORROWER's Accounts Receivable, including a separate aging of Accounts arising
from sales or services to Pratt &





                                       19
<PAGE>   24

Whitney, current aging schedules for BORROWER's accounts payable, and a current
accounting of BORROWER's Inventory, including aging thereof, all in such form
as shall be acceptable to BANK;

                    (f)        promptly upon receipt thereof, any "Management
Letter" received from BORROWER's independent certified public accountants,
together with any comments made by BORROWER in respect thereto;

                    (g)        within fifteen (15) days after filing thereof
with any governmental authority, BORROWER shall deliver to BANK copies of its
federal, state and local tax returns (including all schedules and attachments
thereto), as applicable;

                    (h)        if applicable, promptly after the same are sent
or otherwise publicly available, copies of all proxy statements, financial
statements and reports which BORROWER sends to its stockholders, and promptly
after the same are filed, copies of all regular, periodic and special reports,
(including, but not limited to, reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K), and all
registration statements which BORROWER files with the Securities and Exchange
Commission or any governmental authority which may be substituted therefor, or
with any national securities exchange;

                    (i)        as soon as possible, and in any event, within
thirty (30) days after any officer of BORROWER knows or has reason to know that
any Reportable Event has occurred, a statement of the Chief Financial Officer
of BORROWER setting forth details as to such Reportable Event and the action
which BORROWER proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of
the notice of such Reportable Event given to the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation;

                    (j)        promptly after the filing thereof with the
United States Secretary of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation,
copies of any annual or other report with respect to any Plan;

                    (k)        promptly after receipt thereof, a copy of each
notice BORROWER receives from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation relating
to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation's intention to terminate any Plan
or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan;

                    (l)        within ten (10) days after the service of
process or equivalent notice, written notice of any litigation, including
arbitrations, and of any proceeding by or before any governmental agency where
the amount involved or the nature of the proceeding is deemed potentially
significant and adverse;

                    (m)        prompt written notice of any Default under any
of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, or any default under any note,
agreement, contract, indenture, document or instrument





                                       20
<PAGE>   25

entered or to be entered into by it, of any change(s) in management, and of any
other matter which has resulted in, or might result in, a materially adverse
change in its financial condition or operation;

                    (n)        immediate written notice of the cancellation, or
any discussion regarding cancellation, of BORROWER's Sole Source Supplier
Agreement with Pratt & Whitney; and

                    (o)        promptly, from time to time, such other
information relating to its business, properties, condition or operations,
financial or otherwise, as BANK may request.

          7.5       Books and Records. Keep and maintain full and accurate
accounts and records of its operations according to generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied, and permit BANK or any of its
designated officers, employees, agents and representatives, to have access
thereto (including computer data), and to make examination thereof at all
reasonable times and as often as BANK may require, to make audits thereof and
of Inventory at BORROWER's expense (at the rate of $250.00 per person/day, or
such other rate as may be standard for BANK in the future, plus expenses) on a
quarterly basis and so often as BANK may additionally elect, to verify Eligible
Accounts by contacting the account debtors thereunder, and to inspect and
otherwise check BORROWER's properties, real, personal and mixed.

          7.6       Compliance with Law. Comply, in all material respects, with
the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and orders of
governmental authorities relating to the conduct of the business(es) of
BORROWER.

          7.7       Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into transactions with
Affiliates on an arms-length basis, on substantially the same terms and
conditions as BORROWER customarily employs in transactions with non-affiliated
Persons.

          7.8       Senior Debt to Capital Funds. At all times maintain, in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied,
a ratio of Senior Debt to Capital Funds not exceeding 2.0:1.0., tested
quarterly on a rolling basis.

          7.9       Debt Service Coverage Ratio. At all times maintain, in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied,
a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.25:1.00, tested quarterly on a
rolling basis.

          7.10      Depository Relationship. At all times maintain its primary
depository and cash management accounts with BANK.

          7.11      Execution of Other Documents. Promptly upon demand by BANK,
execute all such additional agreements, contracts,





                                       21
<PAGE>   26

indentures, documents and instruments in connection with this Agreement as BANK
may reasonably deem necessary.


                                   SECTION 8.

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

          BORROWER covenants and agrees with BANK that, from the date hereof
and so long as any obligations under the Note remain outstanding and unpaid, or
any sums may be borrowed hereunder, unless BANK shall otherwise consent in
writing delivered to BORROWER, it will not:

          8.1       Indebtedness. Incur, create, assume or permit to exist any
Indebtedness at any time outstanding, except:

                    (a)        Indebtedness under the Note;

                    (b)        amounts due for partial, progress or advance
payments pursuant to purchase contracts;

                    (c)        Indebtedness for wages and salaries to employees
(including all FICA, tax and pension accruals related thereto), accounts
payable to vendors of goods or services furnished in the ordinary and usual
course of business with BORROWER, and any municipal, state and federal taxes
payable in the ordinary course of business; and

                    (d)        the existing Indebtedness (but no renewals,
extensions or other refinancing thereof), as reflected on BORROWER's financial
statements as of March 31, 1996 (but excluding any Indebtedness being repaid
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement).

          8.2       Disposal of Property. Sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of all or any substantial portion of its properties and assets now
owned or hereafter acquired, except in the ordinary course of business and in
compliance with all governmental requirements therefor which may now or
hereafter exist.

          8.3       Liens. From the date hereof, incur, create, assume or
permit to exist, any Lien(s) of any nature whatsoever on any property or assets
now owned or hereafter acquired by BORROWER, except those in favor of BANK,
other than:

                    (a)        Liens for taxes or assessments and similar
charges either (i) not delinquent; or (ii) being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and as to which it shall have set aside on its books
adequate reserves;





                                       22
<PAGE>   27

                    (b)        Liens incurred or pledges and deposits in
connection with worker's compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions
and other social security benefits or securing the performance of bids,
tenders, leases, contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money),
statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, and other obligations of like
nature, incurred as and incident to, and in the ordinary course of business;

                    (c)        non-consensual Liens imposed by law, such as
landlord's, mechanic's, carriers', warehousemen's, materialmen's and vendor's
liens, incurred in good faith in the ordinary course of business; and

                    (d)        existing Liens securing Indebtedness reflected
on BORROWER's financial statements as of March 31, 1996 (but excluding any
Liens being released, terminated and/or satisfied pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement).

          8.4       Default Under Other Agreements or Contracts. Commit or do,
or fail to commit or do, any act or thing which would constitute an event of
default under any of the terms or provisions of any other agreement, contract,
indenture, document or instrument executed, or to be executed by it, except
those that may be contested in good faith, and would not, if settled
unfavorably, materially and adversely affect its financial condition.

          8.5       Sale and Leaseback. Enter into any sale and lease-back
agreement with respect to any of its Fixed Assets.

          8.6       Loans; Guarantees. Make any loans to any Person, nor
guarantee, endorse, become surety for or otherwise in any way become or be
responsible for, obligations of any other Person, whether by agreement to
purchase the Indebtedness of any other Person, or agreement for the furnishing
of funds, directly or indirectly, through purchase of goods, supplies, or
services (or by way of stock purchase, capital contribution, advance or loan)
or for the purpose of payment of Indebtedness of any other Person, or
otherwise, except that BORROWER may endorse negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business.

          8.7       Notes, Accounts Receivable. Except to BANK, and except for
the purpose of collection in the ordinary course of business, sell, assign,
transfer, discount or otherwise dispose of notes, Accounts Receivable or other
rights to receive payment, with or without recourse.

          8.8       Investments. Purchase or acquire or hold beneficially, any
stock or other securities of, or evidences of indebtedness of, or make or
permit to exist, any investment in, or acquire or permit to exist, any interest
whatsoever in, or purchase all or a substantial part of the assets of any other
Person, except:





                                       23
<PAGE>   28

                    (a)        direct obligations of the United States
Government or any agency thereof, maturing in one year or less;

                    (b)        certificates of deposit or repurchase agreements
of any domestic commercial bank which has combined capital and surplus in
excess of $100,000,000;

                    (c)        commercial paper maturing in 360 days or less
and rated as Prime-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or as A-1 by Standard
and Poor's Corp. or similarly rated by any successor to either of such
investment rating services; and

                    (d)        prepayments for merchandise in the ordinary
course of business;

          8.9       Consolidation, Merger, Acquisition of Assets. Consolidate
with, or merge into, any other Person, acquire all or any substantial portion
of the stock, property or assets of any other Person, or permit any Person to
merge into it, acquire any of its stock or all or any substantial portion of
its property or assets.

          8.10      Dividends, Distributions. Declare, pay, make or otherwise
obligate itself for any dividend or distribution of assets to its shareholders,
other than such annual dividend(s) to each shareholder up to the amount of such
shareholder's federal income tax liability attributable to the earnings of
BORROWER.

          8.11      Stock Transactions. Redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise
acquire, directly or indirectly, for a consideration, any shares of its capital
stock.

          8.12      Prepayments of Long-Term Indebtedness. Repurchase, prepay,
retire or redeem, other than as mandatorily required by the terms of legally
binding agreements existing on the date hereof, any Indebtedness which, by its
terms, matures more than one year from the date of such prepayment, except for
payments or prepayments by BORROWER to BANK on account of the Indebtedness
created hereunder.

          8.13      Capital Expenditures. Make capital expenditures aggregating
in excess of TWO HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS ($250,000.00) per annum.

          8.14      Leases. Enter into any operating or capital leases of real
or personal property pursuant to which the aggregate lease payments owing for
any fiscal year would exceed ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($100,000.00).

          8.15      Nature of Business. Change, in any material respect, the
nature of the business engaged in and being operated by BORROWER on the date of
execution of this Agreement.





                                       24
<PAGE>   29

          8.16      Ownership, Control and Management. Change, or permit any
change in, the current ownership, control and management of BORROWER, except
for a change in current ownership reducing the Guarantors' ownership to not
less than thirty-five percent (35%) of the outstanding stock of BORROWER.

          8.17      Name and Form of Entity. Change, or permit any change in,
BORROWER's name or the form in which it is currently doing business.


                                   SECTION 9.

                             DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

          Events of Default. If any one or more of the following Events of
Default shall occur for any reason whatsoever (and whether such occurrences
shall be voluntary or involuntary, or come about or be effected by operation of
law or pursuant to or in compliance with any judgment, decree or order of any
court, or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental
body), that is to say:

                    (a)        any representation or warranty made in any of
the Loan Documents or any report, certificate, financial statement or other
instrument furnished in connection with the Loan Documents, or any funding of
Indebtedness hereunder, shall prove to be false or misleading in any material
respect;

                    (b)        default shall occur in the payment of principal
or interest on any Indebtedness created hereunder, when and as the same shall
become due and payable, whether at the due date or by acceleration or
otherwise; or failure of the Obligor(s) to make payment of principal or
interest on any other Indebtedness beyond any period of grace provided with
respect thereto, or default in the performance of any other agreement, term or
condition contained in any agreement under which any obligation is created, if
the effect of such default is to cause or permit the holder or holders of such
obligation to accelerate the maturity thereof;

                    (c)        any default shall occur on the part of any
Obligor(s) in the due observance or performance of any covenant, agreement or
other provision of any of the Loan Documents, other than a payment default
under subsection (b) above, or an event otherwise specified in this Section 9
which shall remain uncured for fifteen (15) days after occurrence thereof, or
if such default is incapable of cure within fifteen (15) days, the Obligors are
not making a diligent effort to effect such cure as expeditiously as BANK, in
its sole opinion, might expect;

                    (d)        any default shall occur under the terms of any
agreement containing any obligation(s) of any Obligor(s) to BANK;





                                       25
<PAGE>   30

                    (e)        there shall be any change pertaining to any of
the Collateral or in the financial condition of any of the Obligors, which BANK
deems material and adverse;

                    (f)        any of the Obligors shall (i) apply for or
consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee in bankruptcy for benefit of
creditors, liquidator of it or of any of its property; (ii) admit in writing
its inability to pay its debts as they mature or generally fail to pay its
debts as they mature; (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of
creditors; (iv) be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent; (v) file a voluntary
petition in bankruptcy, or a petition or an answer seeking reorganization or an
arrangement with creditors, or seeking to take advantage of any bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation
law or statute or an answer admitting an act of bankruptcy alleged in a
petition filed against it in any proceeding under any such law; or (vi) take
any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

                    (g)        an order, judgment or decree shall be entered
against BORROWER without its application, approval or consent, or by any court
of competent jurisdiction, approving a petition seeking its reorganization or
appointing a receiver, trustee or liquidator of BORROWER or of all or a
substantial part of the assets thereof, and such order, judgment or decree
shall continue unstayed and in effect for a period of thirty (30) days from the
date of entry thereof;

                    (h)        final judgments, excluding claims covered by
insurance, for the payment of money in excess of TEN THOUSAND DOLLARS
($10,000.00) in the aggregate, shall be rendered against any of the Obligors,
and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of thirty (30) consecutive
days, during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, provided that a
judgment shall be deemed "final" only when the time for appeal shall have
expired without an appeal having been claimed, or all appeals and further
review claimed have been determined adversely to it;

                    (i)        any monies, deposits or other property of any of
the Obligors now or hereafter on deposit with, or in the possession or under
control of, BANK or any other financial institution, shall be attached or
become subject to distraint proceedings or any order or process of court;

                    (j)        any permit(s), license(s) or franchise(s)
required for the conduct of BORROWER's business(es) are suspended, revoked,
cancelled or in any other manner terminated;

                    (k)        any of the Loan Documents (including, without
limitation, any security interest(s) or lien(s) provided for thereunder) shall
cease to be in full force and effect (except as a result of full and timely
payment and performance in accordance





                                       26
<PAGE>   31

with the terms thereof) or shall be declared to be null and void or the
validity thereof shall be contested;

                    (l)        a Reportable Event shall have occurred with
respect to any Plan and, within thirty (30) days after the reporting of such
Reportable Event to BANK, BANK shall have notified BORROWER in writing that (i)
BANK has made a determination that, on the basis of such Reportable Event,
there are reasonable grounds for the termination of such Plan by the Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation or for the appointment by the appropriate United
States District Court of a trustee to administer such Plan, and (ii) as a
result thereof, a Default exists hereunder; or a trustee shall be appointed by
a United States District Court to administer any Plan; or the Pension Benefit
Guaranty Corporation shall institute proceedings to terminate any Plan; or

                    (m)        any of the Obligors (or any other Person
furnishing any of the Collateral) shall become the defendant in or the subject
of any civil or criminal investigation or proceeding brought by any Federal or
state government or agency, a potential penalty for which is forfeiture of any
or all of any Obligor's assets or the forfeiture of any Collateral to any
Federal or state government or any agency or instrumentality thereof;

                    THEN, and in every such Event of Default, BANK may, at its
option, (i) declare all Indebtedness of principal and interest hereunder
forthwith to be due and payable, whereupon such Indebtedness shall become due
and payable, both as to principal and interest, without presentment, demand,
protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived,
anything contained herein or in any other agreement(s) to the contrary
notwithstanding, and (ii) declare permanently terminated the Revolving Line.


                                  SECTION 10.

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

          10.1      Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other
communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and mailed by
registered or certified mail (postage prepaid), return receipt requested, given
by commercial overnight delivery service, or telecommunicated or delivered to
the applicable party at the address indicated below:

                 IF TO BORROWER:       Avteam, Inc.
                                       3230 Executive Way
                                       Miramar, Florida 33025
                                       Attention: Donald Graw, President





                                       27
<PAGE>   32

                 IF TO BANK:           Barnett Bank of South Florida, N.A.
                                       101 Hialeah Drive
                                       Hialeah, Florida 33010
                                       Attention: Diane S. Lipman
                                                  Vice President


or, as to either party, at such other address as shall be designated by such
party in a written notice to the other party complying as to delivery with the
terms of this Section. All such notices, requests, demands and other
communications shall be deemed to have been duly given or made, in the case of
telecommunicated notice, on the date of transmission, in the case of commercial
overnight delivery service, upon receipt at the address for such party, or, in
the case of registered or certified mail, on the third Business Day after the
day on which mailed.

       10.2      Survival of Representations. All covenants, agreements,
representations and warranties contained within this Agreement and in the
certificates delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the making by BANK of the
loans and Advances herein contemplated and shall continue in full force and
effect so long as any Indebtedness created hereunder is outstanding and unpaid
or any amounts may be borrowed hereunder. All covenants and agreements by or on
behalf of the parties hereto which are contained or incorporated in this
Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of
all parties hereto.

       10.3      Effect of Delay. Neither any failure nor any delay on the part
of BANK in exercising any right, power or privilege under any of the Loan
Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial
exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any other right,
power or privilege.

       10.4      Expenses. BORROWER will pay all out-of-pocket expenses
incurred by BANK in connection with the preparation for and closing under this
Agreement, the Borrowings and loans hereunder, and the enforcement of the
rights of BANK under the Loan Documents and in connection with the Advances and
loans made thereunder, including, but not limited to, the fees and expenses of
special counsel for BANK. In addition, BORROWER shall pay all applicable
documentary stamp taxes required, and any requisite taxes and fees for filing
and/or recording, now or hereafter required in connection with the Facility
and/or the Loan Documents.

       10.5      Modifications and Waivers. No modification or waiver of any
provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by BORROWER
therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing
and signed by BANK, and such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the
specific instance and for the purpose for which given.  No notice to or demand
on BORROWER in any case shall thereby entitle it to any other or further notice
or demand in similar or other circumstances.





                                       28
<PAGE>   33


       10.6      Remedies Cumulative. Any rights or remedies of BANK hereunder,
or under any other writing shall be cumulative and in addition to every other
right or remedy contained therein or herein, or now or hereafter existing, at
law or in equity, or by statute or otherwise. Upon the occurrence of an Event
of Default, BANK may proceed to enforce any of its rights and remedies against
BORROWER, or against any collateral given as security for the Facility and any
other loans, or against any guarantor(s) therefor, and BANK may enforce such
rights and remedies simultaneously, or in such order and at such time, or from
time to time, as BANK, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

       10.7      Construction. This Agreement shall be governed and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida without giving effect to
choice of law provisions, except as to laws governing interest rates or other
terms of lending which are, or at the sole option of BANK may be, governed by
the laws of the United States. BORROWER acknowledges that it has had an
opportunity to review all Loan Documents and have its counsel review same, and
agrees that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be
resolved against the drafter of the Loan Documents shall not apply in the
interpretation thereof.

       10.8      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but which, when taken
together, shall constitute but one instrument, and shall become effective when
copies hereof, when taken together, bear the signatures of BANK and the
Obligors.

       10.9      Severability of Provisions. Any provision of this Agreement
which is unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be
ineffective to the extent of such unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such
provision in any other jurisdiction.

       10.10     Exhibits and Schedules. Any exhibits and schedules attached to
this Agreement are an integral part hereof and are hereby incorporated herein
and included in the term "this Agreement".

       10.11     Headings. Article and Section headings in this Agreement are
included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a
part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

       10.12     Successors and Assigns. All of the terms and provisions of
this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns, except that BORROWER
shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein
without the prior written consent of BANK.





                                       29
<PAGE>   34

       10.13     Ownership. By their signatures below, Guarantors each agree
that they will not permit any change in the ownership or control of the issued
and outstanding capital shares of BORROWER so long as this Agreement remains in
effect.

       10.14     Role as Lender. In no event shall BANK's rights under the Loan
Documents grant to BANK the right to be, or be deemed to indicate that BANK is,
in control of the business, management or properties of BORROWER, or has power
over the daily management functions and operating decisions of BORROWER. BANK
is solely acting as a lender and shall not be considered to be a shareholder,
joint venturer or partner of BORROWER, the Obligors hereby agreeing to hold
harmless and fully indemnify BANK from any and all damages and expenses which
may be incurred as a result of any assertion(s) of any such relationship(s).

       10.15     Limitations or Regulations. To the extent that BANK's power
and authority to perform any obligations under the Loan Documents, now or
hereafter, may be limited or regulated, BANK is excused from such performance
without such failure constituting a default by BANK under the Loan Documents.

       10.16     Entire Agreement. The Obligors acknowledge that this
Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents specifically referenced
herein, contain all elements of BANK's understanding with BORROWER, and that no
additional or contrary understanding exists or may be asserted as an oral
promise or commitment. This Agreement amends and restates, in its entirety, the
Existing Loan Agreement.

       10.17     JURY TRIAL WAIVER. THE OBLIGORS AND BANK EACH HEREBY
KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT ANY OF THEM MAY HAVE
TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT
OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY OTHER AGREEMENT,
DOCUMENT OR INSTRUMENT EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION HEREWITH, OR ANY COURSE OF
CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF
ANY PARTY HERETO. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BANK ENTERING
INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                                        BORROWER:

                                        AVTEAM, INC.,
Attest:                                 a Florida corporation



                                        By:
- -------------------------------            --------------------------------
                    , Secretary            Donald Graw, President
- -------------------




                                       30
<PAGE>   35


<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
Witnesses:                                       GUARANTORS:


- -------------------------------                  ----------------------------------
                                                 LEON SRAGOWICZ

- -------------------------------



- -------------------------------                  ----------------------------------
                                                 DONALD GRAW

- -------------------------------



- -------------------------------                  ----------------------------------
                                                 RICHARD PRESTON

- -------------------------------



- -------------------------------                  ----------------------------------
                                                 JAIME LEVY

- -------------------------------



                                                 BANK:

                                                 BARNETT BANK OF SOUTH FLORIDA, N.A.



                                                 By:
                                                    --------------------------------

                                                 As:
                                                    --------------------------------
</TABLE>



                                       31
<PAGE>   36

_________________       )
                        ) ss.
_________________       )


       The foregoing Amended and Restated Loan Agreement was acknowledged
before me this ____ day of ________________, 1996, by __________________________
and __________________________, as the _______________________ and
___________________, respectively, of AVTEAM, INC., a Florida corporation, on
behalf of the corporation (___ to me personally known) (___ having provided
_________________ and ___________________ as identification). An oath (___ was)
(___ was not) administered


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     NOTARY PUBLIC - State of
                                                             -------------------
                                     Print Name:
                                                --------------------------------
                                     Serial No.:
                                                --------------------------------
                                     My Commission expires:
                                                           ---------------------




_________________       )
                        ) ss.
_________________       )


       The foregoing Amended and Restated Loan Agreement was acknowledged
before me this ____ day of ______________, 1996, by Leon Sragowicz [___ to me
personally known] [___ who provided ________________________ as
identification]. An oath [___ was] [___ was not] administered.


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     NOTARY PUBLIC - State of
                                                             -------------------
                                     Print Name:
                                                --------------------------------
                                     Serial No.:
                                                --------------------------------
                                     My Commission expires:
                                                           ---------------------




                                       32
<PAGE>   37

________________        )
                        ) ss.:
________________        )

         The foregoing Amended and Restated Loan Agreement was acknowledged
before me this ____ day of ______________, 1996, by Donald Graw [___ to me
personally known] [___ who provided ________________________ as
identification]. An oath [___ was] [___ was not] administered.


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     NOTARY PUBLIC - State of
                                                             -------------------
                                     Print Name:
                                                --------------------------------
                                     Serial No.:
                                                --------------------------------
                                     My Commission expires:
                                                           ---------------------




________________        )
                        ) ss.:
________________        )

         The foregoing Amended and Restated Loan Agreement was acknowledged
before me this ____ day of ______________, 1996, by Richard Preston [___ to me
personally known] [___ who provided ________________________ as
identification]. An oath [___ was] [___ was not] administered.


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     NOTARY PUBLIC - State of
                                                             -------------------
                                     Print Name:
                                                --------------------------------
                                     Serial No.:
                                                --------------------------------
                                     My Commission expires:
                                                           ---------------------



________________        )
                        ) ss.:
________________        )

         The foregoing Amended and Restated Loan Agreement was acknowledged
before me this ____ day of ______________, 1996, by Jaime Levy [___ to me
personally known] [___ who provided ________________________ as
identification]. An oath [___ was] [___ was not] administered.


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     NOTARY PUBLIC - State of
                                                             -------------------
                                     Print Name:
                                                --------------------------------
                                     Serial No.:
                                                --------------------------------
                                     My Commission expires:
                                                           ---------------------





                                       33

<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 23.02



             Consent of Independent Certified Public Accountants
                              Ernst & Young LLP


We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated January 30, 1996, except for the first paragraph of
Note 13 as to which the date is March 21, 1996, and the second, third and
fourth paragraphs of Note 13 as to which the date is April 12, 1996, in
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-04426) and
related Prospectus of AVTEAM, Inc. for the registration of 3,450,000 shares of
its common stock.


                                              /s/ ERNST & Y0UNG LLP


Miami, Florida
June 13, 1996




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission